You are on page 1of 520

2012MY

WORKSHOP MANUAL

BODY, CAB, CHASSIS ELECTRICAL


AND ACCESSORIES

No.TFCEL-WE-1211TH
67209_Maegaki 2011.7.22 1:06 PM ページ 1

This Workshop Manual deals only with the screen toned section(s) in the table below.
Section Sub Section
0 GENERAL INFORMATION 0 Introduction
14A Service Information Guide
14B Vehicle Information
1 ENGINE 15B Maintenance Information
15C Functional Inspection
15D Symptom
15E DTC Information
1A Engine Control
1B Mechanical
1C Fuel System
1D Cooling
1E Lubrication
1F Induction
1G Exhaust
1H Aux. Emission Control Devices
1I Speed Control Systems
1J Electrical
2 SUSPENSION 16B Maintenance Information
16C Functional Inspection
16D Symptom
2B Front Suspension
2C Rear Suspension
2D Wheel, Tire System
3 DRIVELINE, AXLE 17B Maintenance Information
17C Functional Inspection
17D Symptom
17E DTC Information
3A Driveline Control
3B Differentials
3C Drive Shaft System
3D Transfer Case
4 BRAKES 18B Maintenance Information
18C Functional Inspection
18D Symptom
18E DTC Information
4A Brake Control
4B Brake System
4C Parking Brake System
4D ABS
5 TRANSMISSION, TRANSAXLE 19B Maintenance Information
19C Functional Inspection
19D Symptom
19E DTC Information
5A Transmission Control
5B Automatic
5C Manual
5E Clutch System
6 STEERING 20B Maintenance Information
20C Functional Inspection
20D Symptom
6B Power Assisted System
67209_Maegaki 2011.7.22 1:06 PM ページ 2

Section Sub Section


7 HVAC 21B Maintenance Information
21C Functional Inspection
21D Symptom
7B Heater, Ventilator, Airconditioner
8 RESTRAINTS 22B Maintenance Information
22C Functional Inspection
22D Symptom
22E DTC Information
8A SRS Control
8B Air Bag Systems
8C Seat Belt Systems
9 BODY, CAB, ACCESSORIES 23B Maintenance Information
23C Functional Inspection
23D Symptom
9A Lighting Systems
9B Wiper, Washer Systems
9C Electrical Control, Entertainment
9E Instrumentation, Driver Info.
9G Hood, Fenders, Doors
9H Cab Structure
9I Seats
9J Security and Locks
9L Exterior, Interior Trim
9P Unibody Sub-frames
9T Glass, Windows, Mirrors
10 BODY CONTROL 36B Maintenance Information
36C Functional Inspection
36D Symptom
36E DTC Information
10I Body Control
10 SECURITY AND LOCKS CONTROL 42B Maintenance Information
42C Functional Inspection
42E DTC Information
10S Security and Locks Control
11 FRAME 24B Maintenance Information
- ETM - Using the Wiring Diagram
- Power System
- Engine
- Chassis
- Brake
- Safety
- Driver Assist
- Accessory
- Light
- Data Communications
- Location Diagram
- Connector List
Maintenance Information (All models) 23B-1

Description Body, Cab, Accessories


Maintenance Information
(All models)
Table of Contents
Maintenance precautions of body, cab, accessories......23B-2
Function, structure, operation of body, cab, accessories
.......................................................................................23B-3
Primary specifications of body, cab, accessories........23B-23
Introduction to the trouble diagnosis of body, cab,
accessories...................................................................23B-48
23B-2 Maintenance Information (All models)

Maintenance precautions of body, cab, accessories


1. Maintenance precautions of body, cab, accessories
Caution:
・ Projector or Halogen headlights become very
hot when they are used, so if the bulb surface
is stained with grease, the life of the bulb will
be shortened. Therefore, hold the flange part
when replacing the bulb and do not touch the
glass part directly by the hands.
・ The pressure inside the glass bulb in projector
or halogen lights is high. If you drop, hit or
damage it, broken glass may fly out.
・ If the bulb is removed and left for an extended
period of time, dust or moisture may
accumulate inside the lens. Prepare a new
bulb before replacing the bulb.
・ Be sure to use a bulb with the same wattage
for replacement.
・ Improper installation of the socket may cause
foggy or misty lens, so firmly install it after
replacing the bulb.
Maintenance Information (All models) 23B-3

Function, structure, operation of body, cab, accessories


1. Function, structure, operation of body, cab, This circuit comprises a license plate light, ignition
accessories switch, the lighting switch of the combination switch and
relays.
Halogen headlight system
When the lighting switch is turned ON at the headlight or
This circuit comprises headlight, cornering light, ignition
tail light position, the tail light relay will be activated and
switch, lighting switch of combination switch, passing
the license plate light will be illuminated.
switch, high beam indication light and relays.
When the lighting switch is turned ON at the headlight Illumination light system
position, the headlight relay will be activated and the This circuit comprises illumination lights, ignition switch,
headlight will be illuminated. When the headlight is on, the lighting switch of the combination switch and relays.
the optical axis of the headlight can be faced upward and When the lighting switch is turned ON at the headlight or
downward alternately using the lighting switch. the tail position, the tail light relay will be activated and
The passing switch is not related to the position of the the illumination lights will be illuminated.
headlight switch. The optical axis will face upward only
Illumination light, LED type
when the switch lever is being pulled up.
Meter
Clearance light system Air conditioner panel, Fan switch
This circuit comprises a clearance light, ignition switch, Hazard warning flasher switch
the lighting switch of the combination switch and relays. 4WD switch signal
When the lighting switch is turned ON at the headlight or Remote control mirror switch
tail light position, the tail light relay will be activated and Illumination light, Power supply
the clearance light will be illuminated. Radio/audio
Fog light system Note:
This circuit comprises a fog light, ignition switch, the ・ Backup light system
lighting switch of the combination switch, fog light This circuit comprises a backup light and
switch, and relays. backup light switch. When the backup light
When the lighting switch is turned on at the headlight or switch installed to the transmission is turned
tail light position, the tail light relay will be activated. ON, the backup light will illuminate.
While keeping this state, when the fog light switch is
turned ON, the fog light relay will be activated and the Windshield wiper and washer system
fog light will be illuminated. The wiper and washer system comprise the following
units. The system is activated when the ignition switch is
Turn signal light and hazard light system in the ON position.
This circuit comprises turn signal lights, ignition switch, Wiper Washer switch
turn signal switch of combination switch, flasher unit, Intermittent relay
hazard warning switch, etc. When the turn signal switch Wiper motor
or the hazard switch is turned ON, the flasher unit will be Washer motor
activated and the turn signal light will be illuminated. The Washer nozzle
turn signal light is also illuminated by the answer-back Washer tank
function of the keyless entry system, etc. Wiper arm and blade
Doom light system The intermittent relay controls the low speed operation of
This circuit comprises room light, door switch, keyless the wiper motor. The washer motor and the high speed
entry control unit, etc. When the door switch is ON, the operation are controlled directly by the wiper and washer
keyless entry control unit will illuminate the room light. switch. The intermittent relay detects the operation signal
of the wiper and washer switch.
Tail light and stop light system
This circuit comprises a tail light, stop light, ignition Windshield washer
switch, the lighting switch of the combination switch, When the windshield washer switch is turned ON, the
stop light switch, and relays. When the lighting switch is voltage will be supplied to the washer motor. The
turned ON at the headlight or tail light position, the tail intermittent relay monitors this circuit voltage in order to
light relay will be activated and the tail light will be detect the wiper interlinking request signal. Shortly after
illuminated. The stop light illuminates according to the it detects the signal, it activates the wiper main relay and
operation of the stop light switch. drives the wiper motor at low speed.

License plate light system Wiper intermittent drive


23B-4 Maintenance Information (All models)
This drives the wiper intermittently at low speed. When Wiper high speed drive
the wiper switch is at the "INT" position, the intermittent When the wiper switch is at the "HI" position, the wiper
relay activates the wiper main relay only for a fixed time main relay and the wiper high low relay are activated to
with a fixed interval and drives the wiper motor at low drive the wiper motor at high speed.
speed.
Note:
Wiper low speed drive ・ Windshield wiper and washer system
When the wiper switch is at the "LO" position, the wiper components
main relay is activated to drive the wiper motor at low
speed. The low speed drive can be tested with the wiper
output of the actuator test in a scan tool.

1. Wiper arm RH 7. Washer motor


2. Washer nozzle RH 8. Link rod LH
3. Washer nozzle LH 9. Wiper motor
4. Wiper arm LH 10. Link rod RH
5. Washer hose
6. Washer tank

Note:
・ Layout of switches
Maintenance Information (All models) 23B-5
Vehicle speed detection is performed in the vehicle speed
sensor installed on the transmission (the same as the
current model), and the pulse signal is output from this
vehicle speed sensor to the ECM.
Tachometer
The tachometer displays the engine rpm based on the
engine rpm signal outputted from the ECM. The ECM
detects the signal from the crankshaft position sensor and
inputs the engine speed signal to the instrument panel
cluster via CAN communication.
Fuel gauge
The fuel gauge displays the remaining fuel level based on
the signal outputted from the fuel tank unit. Fuel gauge
displays the remaining fuel level as low when the
resistance detected by the fuel tank unit is high. Fuel
gauge displays the remaining fuel level as high when the
resistance detected by the fuel tank unit is low.
1. Hazard warning flasher switch
Thermometer
2. Illumination control switch (Model with MID)
The thermometer displays the engine coolant temperature
*Exclusive for instrument cluster.
based on the engine coolant temperature signal outputted
3. Volume control switch (Seek switch, Mode
from the ECM. The ECM detects an engine coolant
switch, Phone switch)
temperature signal from the water temperature sensor,
4. MID switch (Model with MID)
and the signal is input to the thermometer through CAN
5. Remote control mirror switch
communication.
6. Remote control mirror switch
7. Driver's SRS airbag Odometer, Trip meter
The odometer and trip meter calculate and display the
Instrument panel cluster system mileage based on the vehicle speed signal from ECM.
The following gauges and various warning lights and
indication lights are assembled to the instrument panel Note:
cluster. ・ Without MID
Speedometer
Tachometer
Fuel meter
Thermometer
Odometer, Trip meter
Shift indicator
Multi-information display, Vehicles with multi-
information display.
These components cannot be replaced separately because
they are integrated with the instrument panel cluster.
They communicate through CAN and control units such
as ECM, TCM, BCM, and EHCU.
Speedometer (Common to models with and without
ABS)
The indication on the speedometer is made in accordance
with the vehicle speed signal (CAN communication) from
the ECM. The vehicle speed signal (CAN
communication) is corrected to the actual vehicle speed
in the ECM to be output. Note:
Models with ABS ・ With MID
Vehicle speed detection is performed in the ABS wheel
speed sensor, and the pulse signal is output from the
EHCU to the ECM.
Models except ABS
23B-6 Maintenance Information (All models)
Trip meter
Shift indicator
Out side temperature
4WD indicator (4H)
4WD indicator (4L)
Cruise indicator (main supply)
Cruise indicator (set)
Fuel gauge
Coolant temp gauge
Clock
There is only a clock display when an Isuzu Genuine
Audio System is not equipped.
INST.
Instantaneous fuel economy numerical display
INST.
Instantaneous fuel economy graphical display
AVG.
Average fuel economy DISTANCE Section distance
Switch the display of odometer and trip meter, TRIP A, VG. SPEED
TRIP B, Clock Driving Distance and Average Vehicle Speed
RANGE
Note:
Distance where it can run
・ There is only a clock display when an Isuzu ELAPSE TIME
Genuine Audio System is not equipped. Forgetting to pull out key warning
The multi-information display Forgetting light cancellation warning
The display functions to display information, warning Forgetting parking brake return warning
light, indication light and maintenance information. MID Screen function selection/setting
Information display Note:
ODO meter ・ Multi-information display operation procedures
Maintenance Information (All models) 23B-7

Note: ・ Model without MID


・ Warning light, Indication light
23B-8 Maintenance Information (All models)

Note:
・ Model with MID

1. Generator warning light 8. Check 4WD warning light


2. Fuel filter warning light 9. Check trans warning light
3. Turn signal indicator light – left 10. Check engine warning light
4. Turn signal indicator light – right 11. Water separator warning light
5. SRS airbag warning light 12. Front fog light indicator light
6. Door open warning light 13. Shift indicator
7. High beam indicator light 14. 4WD low indicator light
Maintenance Information (All models) 23B-9
15. 4WD indicator light 22. ABS warning light
16. Engine oil pressure warning light 23. Light position indicator light
17. Low fuel warning light 24. MID
18. Automatic transmission fluid temperature 25. TCS/ESC warning light
warning 26. TCS OFF indicator light
19. Brake system/parking brake warning light 27. ECS OFF indicator light
20. Engine overheat warning light
21. Seat belt warning light
23B-10 Maintenance Information (All models)
Maintenance Information (All models) 23B-11

Power window
23B-12 Maintenance Information (All models)
This circuit is comprised of the ignition switch as well as
the power window switch and power window motor for
each window.
When the ignition switch is turned ON, the battery
voltage is applied to each power window switch through
the fuse and power window relay in the circuit. This
enables for up or down selection with each switch to
toggle the rotational direction of the power window
motor, which opens or closes the window. The switch at
the driver side has a built-in one touch circuit, which
automatically moves the window down by operating the
switch to the auto position.
Note:
・ Maintenance display (Model with MID)

* To return to the maintenance display, reset the distance


on the maintenance setting screen.
・Even when the battery is removed, the set value is
retained and continues.
・At the shipment from the factory, this function is not set
and not activated.
・The minus distance of display distance is displayed up
to the set distance in minus.
* When the set distance is 5,000 km, it is displayed up to
-5,000 km.
At this time, the subtraction display for -5,000 km or
further is not made, and -5,000 km display is maintained
in blinking at 2 Hz. While the display is blinking, it is
displayed after every ignition switch ON, and the display
cancellation operation is possible.
・It is displayed for 3 seconds after the end of the ignition Note:
switch ON "WELCOME Message" for every 200 km
・ Service reminder display items and settings
from the remaining distance of 1000 km.
・After the ignition switch ON, when it is once displayed 1.Engine Oil
for 3 times, it is not displayed up until the next 200 km. * The set distance is available within the range of
・When there are multiple maintenance display items, 5,000km to 10,000 km (owner's manual recommended 
each item is displayed for 3 seconds in ascending order of distance), and it can be set in increments of 1,000 km.
remaining distance.
2.Air cleaner element
・The maintenance display can be cancelled depending
* The distance is available within the range of 20,000 km
on user preference.
to 40,000 km (owner's manual recommended distance),
* When the operation switch is pressed while the
and it can be set in increments of 5,000 km.
maintenance display is being shown, "Display OFF"
* The display screen shown from the remaining distance
indicated in the diagram below is displayed for 3 seconds
of 1,000 km.
on the display screen, and the subtraction display is
cancelled after the currently shown display item.
Maintenance Information (All models) 23B-13

3.User preference settings → The reminder screen is displayed only 3 times for
* The set distance is available within the range of 5,000 every ignition switch ON.
km to 20,000 km, and it can be set in increments of 1,000 → The reminder screen is displayed for every 100 km
km. between remaining 1,000 km and 0 km.
* The display screen shown at the remaining distance of → When the MID switch is pressed once while the
1,000 km. reminder screen is being displayed, the reminder screen
"OFF" screen is displayed, and the reminder screen is not
displayed after that.

Service (Engine Oil Reminder Distance Setting)


The setting for the engine oil replacement distance can be
Service (Air Cleaner Element Reminder Distance 
made between 5,000 km and 10,000 km in increments of
Setting)
1,000 km.
→ After selecting a distance by pressing the MID switch, ・ The setting for the air cleaner element replacement
press and hold the MID switch to set the distance. distance can be made between 20,000 km and 40,000 km
・After the distance is set, distance subtraction is in increments of 5,000 km.
displayed depending on the distance traveled. → After selecting a distance by pressing the MID switch,
・ When subtraction is made from the set distance and the press and hold the MID switch to set the distance.
remaining distance becomes 1,000 km, the reminder ・ After the distance is set, distance subtraction is
screen indicating [Remaining 1,000 km] is displayed on displayed depending on the distance traveled.
the MID. ・ When subtraction is made from the set distance and the
remaining distance becomes 1,000 km, the reminder
23B-14 Maintenance Information (All models)
screen indicating [Remaining 1,000 km] is displayed on ・ When an arrow is displayed at the bottom of the setting
the MID. screen, it indicates that there is the next setting screen.

→ The reminder screen is displayed only 3 times for When subtraction is made from the set distance and the
every ignition switch ON. remaining distance becomes 1,000 km, the reminder
→ The reminder screen is displayed for every 100 km screen indicating [Remaining 1,000 km] is displayed on
between remaining 1,000 km and 0 km. the MID.
→ When the MID switch is pressed once while the
reminder screen is being displayed, the reminder screen
"OFF" screen is displayed, and the reminder screen is not
displayed after that.

→ The reminder screen is displayed only 3 times for


every ignition switch ON.
→ The reminder screen is displayed for every 100 km
between remaining 1,000 km and 0 km.
Service (Maintenance Reminder Distance Setting) → When the MID switch is pressed once while the
reminder screen is being displayed, the reminder screen
・ The setting for the maintenance distance can be made
"OFF" screen is displayed, and the reminder screen is not
between 5,000 km and 20,000 km in increments of 1,000
displayed after that.
km.
→ After selecting a distance by pressing the MID switch,
press and hold the MID switch to set the distance.
・ After the distance is set, distance subtraction is
displayed depending on the distance traveled.
Maintenance Information (All models) 23B-15
Customize (Reset Mode)
With "RESET MODE", the resetting method can be
changed for "fuel economy (average fuel economy)",
"driving distance and average vehicle speed", and "elapse
time".
Select "LINK" and then in one of the fuel economy
(average fuel economy), driving distance and average
vehicle speed, and elapse time screens, press and hold the
MID switch. The fuel economy (average fuel economy),
driving distance and average vehicle speed, and elapse
time will all be reset at simultaneously. To reset a value
only for the screen that is currently displayed, select
"SEPARATE" and then in one of the fuel economy
(average fuel economy), driving distance and average
vehicle speed, and elapse time screens, press and hold the
MID switch.

Note:
・ Bulb location diagram
・ Without projector type
23B-16 Maintenance Information (All models)

1. Turn signal light (outside rearview mirror type) 1. High mounted stop light
2. Turn signal light 2. Taillight and stop light
3. Front fog light 3. Rear turn signal light
4. Headlight /clearance light 4. Backup light / rear fog light
5. Turn signal light (front door type) 5. Licence plate light

Note: Note:
・ Projector type ・ Flat deck type

1. Turn signal light (outside rearview mirror type) 1. Licence plate light
2. Turn signal light 2. Backup light
3. Front fog light 3. Rear turn signal light
4. Headlight /clearance light 4. Taillight and stop light

Note: Note:
・ Standard type ・ Backup light system component views
・ Without ABS
Maintenance Information (All models) 23B-17

Note: 1. Backup light switch, M/T


・ With ABS
Note:
・ Instrument panel cluster system circuit with
MID
23B-18 Maintenance Information (All models)
Maintenance Information (All models) 23B-19
Note:
・ Instrument panel cluster system circuit
diagram, without MID
23B-20 Maintenance Information (All models)
Maintenance Information (All models) 23B-21
Note:
・ Connector Face
23B-22 Maintenance Information (All models)
Maintenance Information (All models) 23B-23

Primary specifications of body, cab, accessories


1. Primary specifications of body, cab, accessories Note:
・ Primary specifications of the body, cab,
accessories

2. Body size Note:


・ Vehicle body dimensions, front body diagonal
dimensions
23B-24 Maintenance Information (All models)

1: 916 mm { 36.06 in } 2: 490 mm { 19.29 in }


Maintenance Information (All models) 23B-25
3: 490 mm { 19.29 in } 5: 818 mm { 32.20 in }
4: 820 mm { 32.28 in } 6: 411 mm { 16.18 in }
23B-26 Maintenance Information (All models)

1: 1420 mm { 55.91 in } 2: 1500 mm { 59.06 in }


Maintenance Information (All models) 23B-27
3: 1438 mm { 56.61 in } Note:
4: 929 mm { 36.57 in } ・ Vehicle body dimensions, front window
opening dimensions
5: 929 mm { 36.57 in }
23B-28 Maintenance Information (All models)

1: 1392 mm { 54.80 in } 2: 1416 mm { 55.75 in }


Maintenance Information (All models) 23B-29
3: 1416 mm { 55.75 in } Note:
4: 1133 mm { 44.61 in } ・ Regular cab vehicle body dimensions, cabin's
diagonal dimensions
23B-30 Maintenance Information (All models)

1: 1042 mm { 41.02 in } 2: 1705 mm { 67.13 in }


Maintenance Information (All models) 23B-31
3: 1247 mm { 49.09 in } Note:
4: 1421 mm { 55.94 in } ・ Extend cab vehicle body dimensions, cabin's
diagonal dimensions
5: 1993 mm { 78.46 in }
6: 1475 mm { 58.07 in }
23B-32 Maintenance Information (All models)
Maintenance Information (All models) 23B-33

1: 1901 mm { 74.84 in } 9: 1882 mm { 74.09 in }


2: 1042 mm { 41.02 in } 10: 1421 mm { 55.94 in }
3: 1776 mm { 69.92 in } 11: 2545 mm { 100.20 in }
4: 1712 mm { 67.40 in } 12: 1475 mm { 58.07 in }
5: 1154 mm { 45.43 in } Note:
6: 1997 mm { 78.62 in } ・ Crew cab vehicle body dimensions, cabin's
diagonal dimensions
7: 1247 mm { 49.09 in }
8: 1409 mm { 55.47 in }
23B-34 Maintenance Information (All models)
Maintenance Information (All models) 23B-35

1: 2059 mm { 81.06 in } 9: 1882 mm { 74.09 in }


2: 1042 mm { 41.02 in } 10: 1421 mm { 55.94 in }
3: 1705 mm { 67.13 in } 11: 2545 mm { 100.20 in }
4: 1764 mm { 69.45 in } 12: 1475 mm { 58.07 in }
5: 1306 mm { 51.42 in } Note:
6: 2002 mm { 78.82 in } ・ Regular cab vehicle body dimensions, door
opening dimensions
7: 1247 mm { 49.09 in }
8: 1409 mm { 55.47 in }
23B-36 Maintenance Information (All models)

1: 1045 mm { 41.14 in } 2: 1020 mm { 40.16 in }


Maintenance Information (All models) 23B-37
3: 1208 mm { 47.56 in } Note:
4: 1009 mm { 39.72 in } ・ Extend cab vehicle body dimensions, door
opening dimensions
5: 1461 mm { 57.52 in }
6: 938 mm { 36.93 in }
23B-38 Maintenance Information (All models)

1: 1537 mm { 60.51 in } 2: 1587 mm { 62.48 in }


Maintenance Information (All models) 23B-39
3: 1652 mm { 65.04 in } 8: 1167 mm { 45.94 in }
4: 1578 mm { 62.13 in } 9: 1167 mm { 45.94 in }
5: 1886 mm { 74.25 in } Note:
6: 1525 mm { 60.04 in } ・ Crew cab vehicle body dimensions, door
opening dimensions
7: 1005 mm { 39.57 in }
23B-40 Maintenance Information (All models)
Maintenance Information (All models) 23B-41

1: 1029 mm { 40.51 in } 8: 833 mm { 32.80 in }


2: 1020 mm { 40.16 in } 9: 1103 mm { 43.43 in }
3: 1208 mm { 47.56 in } 10: 1331 mm { 52.40 in }
4: 1009 mm { 39.72 in } 11: 837 mm { 32.95 in }
5: 1438 mm { 56.61 in } Note:
6: 938 mm { 36.93 in } ・ Regular cab vehicle body dimensions, door
opening clearance, level difference
7: 997 mm { 39.25 in }
23B-42 Maintenance Information (All models)

1: 4.0 to 7.0 mm { 0.16 to 0.28 in } Clearance, right 2: 1.5 to 4.5 mm { 0.06 to 0.18 in } Level difference,
and left difference 3.0 mm { 0.12 in } right and left difference 2.0 mm { 0.08 in }
Maintenance Information (All models) 23B-43
3: 4.0 to 7.0 mm { 0.16 to 0.28 in } Clearance, right 9: 3.5 to 7.5 mm { 0.14 to 0.30 in } Clearance, right
and left difference 3.0 mm { 0.12 in } and left difference 2.0 mm { 0.08 in }
4: 1.5 to 4.5 mm { 0.06 to 0.18 in } Level difference, 10: 7.0 to 11.0 mm { 0.28 to 0.43 in } Level difference,
right and left difference 2.0 mm { 0.08 in } right and left difference 2.0 mm { 0.08 in }
5: 3.5 to 6.5 mm { 0.14 to 0.26 in } Clearance, right 11: 4.0 to 7.0 mm { 0.16 to 0.28 in } Clearance, right
and left difference 2.0 mm { 0.08 in } and left difference 2.0 mm { 0.08 in }
6: 4.0 to 7.0 mm { 0.16 to 0.28 in } Level difference, 12: -1.0 to 1.0 mm { -0.04 to 0.04 in } Level difference,
right and left difference 2.0 mm { 0.08 in } right and left difference 2.0 mm { 0.08 in }
7: 3.5 to 5.9 mm { 0.14 to 0.23 in } Clearance, right Note:
and left difference 1.5 mm { 0.06 in } ・ Extend cab vehicle body dimensions, door
8: -1.0 to 1.0 mm { -0.04 to 0.04 in } Level difference, opening clearance, level difference
right and left difference 2.0 mm { 0.08 in }
23B-44 Maintenance Information (All models)

1: 4.0 to 7.0 mm { 0.16 to 0.28 in } Clearance, right 2: 1.5 to 4.5 mm { 0.06 to 0.18 in } Level difference,
and left difference 3.0 mm { 0.12 in } right and left difference 2.0 mm { 0.08 in }
Maintenance Information (All models) 23B-45
3: 4.0 to 7.0 mm { 0.16 to 0.28 in } Clearance, right 13: 3.5 to 7.5 mm { 0.14 to 0.30 in } Clearance, right
and left difference 3.0 mm { 0.12 in } and left difference 2.0 mm { 0.08 in }
4: 1.5 to 4.5 mm { 0.06 to 0.18 in } Level difference, 14: 7.0 to 11.0 mm { 0.28 to 0.43 in } Level difference,
right and left difference 2.0 mm { 0.08 in } right and left difference 2.0 mm { 0.08 in }
5: 3.5 to 6.5 mm { 0.14 to 0.26 in } Clearance, right 15: 3.5 to 6.1 mm { 0.14 to 0.24 in } Clearance, right
and left difference 2.0 mm { 0.08 in } and left difference 2.0 mm { 0.08 in }
6: -1.0 to 2.4 mm { -0.04 to 0.09 in } Level difference, 16: -1.5 to 1.5 mm { -0.06 to 0.06 in } Level difference,
right and left difference 2.0 mm { 0.08 in } right and left difference 2.0 mm { 0.08 in }
7: 4.0 to 7.0 mm { 0.16 to 0.28 in } Clearance, right 17: 3.5 to 7.5 mm { 0.14 to 0.30 in } Clearance, right
and left difference 3.0 mm { 0.12 in } and left difference 2.0 mm { 0.08 in }
8: 2 to 5 mm { 0.06 to 0.18 in } Level difference, right 18: 7.0 to 11.0 mm { 0.28 to 0.43 in } Level difference,
and left difference 2.0 mm { 0.08 in } right and left difference 2.0 mm { 0.08 in }
9: 4.0 to 7.0 mm { 0.16 to 0.28 in } Clearance, right 19: 28.0 to 38.0 mm { 1.10 to 1.50 in } Clearance, right
and left difference 3.0 mm { 0.12 in } and left difference 5.0 mm { 0.20 in }
10: -1.5 to 1.5 mm { -0.06 to 0.06 in } Level difference, 20: -1.0 to 1.0 mm { -0.04 to 0.04 in } Level difference,
right and left difference 2.0 mm { 0.08 in } right and left difference 4.0 mm { 0.16 in }
11: 3.5 to 5.9 mm { 0.14 to 0.23 in } Clearance, right Note:
and left difference 1.5 mm { 0.06 in } ・ Crew cab vehicle body dimensions, door
12: -1.0 to 1.0 mm { -0.04 to 0.04 in } Level difference, opening clearance, level difference
right and left difference 2.0 mm { 0.08 in }
23B-46 Maintenance Information (All models)

1: 4.0 to 7.0 mm { 0.16 to 0.28 in } Clearance, right 2: 1.5 to 4.5 mm { 0.06 to 0.18 in } Level difference,
and left difference 3.0 mm { 0.12 in } right and left difference 2.0 mm { 0.08 in }
Maintenance Information (All models) 23B-47
3: 4.0 to 7.0 mm { 0.16 to 0.28 in } Clearance, right
and left difference 3.0 mm { 0.12 in }
4: 1.5 to 4.5 mm { 0.06 to 0.18 in } Level difference,
right and left difference 2.0 mm { 0.08 in }
5: 3.5 to 6.5 mm { 0.14 to 0.26 in } Clearance, right
and left difference 2.0 mm { 0.08 in }
6: -1.0 to 2.4 mm { -0.04 to 0.09 in } Level difference,
right and left difference 2.0 mm { 0.08 in }
7: 4.0 to 7.0 mm { 0.16 to 0.28 in } Clearance, right
and left difference 3.0 mm { 0.12 in }
8: 1.5 to 4.5 mm { 0.06 to 0.18 in } Level difference,
right and left difference 2.0 mm { 0.08 in }
9: 3.5 to 6.5 mm { 0.14 to 0.26 in } Clearance, right
and left difference 2.0 mm { 0.08 in }
10: -1.5 to 1.5 mm { -0.06 to 0.06 in } Level difference,
right and left difference 2.0 mm { 0.08 in }
11: 3.5 to 5.9 mm { 0.14 to 0.23 in } Clearance, right
and left difference 1.5 mm { 0.06 in }
12: -1.0 to 1.0 mm { -0.04 to 0.04 in } Level difference,
right and left difference 2.0 mm { 0.08 in }
13: 3.5 to 7.5 mm { 0.14 to 0.30 in } Clearance, right
and left difference 2.0 mm { 0.08 in }
14: 7.0 to 11.0 mm { 0.28 to 0.43 in } Level difference,
right and left difference 2.0 mm { 0.08 in }
15: 4.0 to 7.0 mm { 0.16 to 0.28 in } Clearance, right
and left difference 2.0 mm { 0.08 in }
16: -1.0 to 1.0 mm { -0.04 to 0.04 in } Level difference,
right and left difference 2.0 mm { 0.08 in }
17: 3.5 to 7.5 mm { 0.14 to 0.30 in } Clearance, right
and left difference 2.0 mm { 0.08 in }
18: 7.0 to 11.0 mm { 0.28 to 0.43 in } Level difference,
right and left difference 2.0 mm { 0.08 in }
19: 3.2 to 6.2 mm { 0.13 to 0.24 in } Clearance, right
and left difference 2.0 mm { 0.08 in }
20: -1.0 to 1.0 mm { -0.04 to 0.04 in } Level difference,
right and left difference 2.0 mm { 0.08 in }
23B-48 Maintenance Information (All models)

Introduction to the trouble diagnosis of body, cab, accessories


1. Introduction to the trouble diagnosis of body, cab, Shift to the self diagnostic mode according to the
accessories following
LED display test 1. When the Odd/trip reset is continuously turned ON,
The instrument panel cluster verifies that the system ignition switch is also turned ON.
functions properly when the ignition switch is ON. 2. Odd/trip switch is continuously pressed for more then
When the system is running normal, the LEDs will light 600±50ms after ignition switch ON.
up or blink for a certain period of time as shown below. 3. Odd/trip reset button is turned OFF.
4. Odd/trip reset button is turned ON-OFF 3 times.
ABS warning light
5. Carry out 1 - 4 within 7.0±0.1 second.
ESC warning light
6. Press and hold the reset button. If the assembly is
Fuel filter warning light
Functioning correctly, the needles will move to the
Check 4WD warning light
positions specified in the table below.
Check trans warning light
Water separator warning light Functioning correctly, the needles will move to the
Engine overheat warning light positions specified in the table below.
Automatic transmission fluid temperature warning light
Speedometer 100km/h
Turns off after lighting up for 3 seconds.
Tachometer 3,000rpm
SRS air bag warning light turns off after blinking for 7
7. Release the reset button.
seconds.
The needles return to their home position.
Note:
8. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position to cancel
・ The following lights light up until the engine is The self-diagnosis mode.
started.
Brake system warning /parking brake warning If the instrument panel cluster needles move as described
light above, there is no problem with the instrument panel
Turns off after the engine is started. cluster assembly.
Engine oil pressure warning light Problems may exist in other vehicle components related
Turns off after the engine is started. instrument panel cluster assembly operation.
Check engine warning light
Turns off after the engine is started. If the instrument panel cluster needles move as described
above, there is a problem with the instrument panel
Generator warning light cluster assembly.
Turns off after the engine is started.
Low fuel warning light The assembly must be replaced.
Lights at ten liters or less. Note:
Self-diagnosing function ・ Model except MID
Note:
・ Model except MID
Function checking whether each pointer the speedometer,
tachometer, and also the LCD segment display are
moving normally or not.
Maintenance Information (All models) 23B-49
23B-50 Maintenance Information (All models)
Note: Speedometer 100km/h
・ Model with MID Tachometer 3,000rpm

Function checking whether each pointer the speedometer, 7. Release the MID switch.
tachometer, and also the MID display are moving The needles return to their home position.
normally or not. 8. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF position to cancel
Shift to the self diagnostic mode according to the The self-diagnosis mode.
following If the instrument panel cluster needles move as described
1. When the MID switch is continuously turned ON, above, there is no problem with the instrument panel
ignition switch is also turned ON. cluster assembly.
2. MID switch is continuously pressed for more then Problems may exist in other vehicle components related
600±50ms after ignition switch ON. instrument panel cluster assembly operation.
3. MID switch is turned OFF.
4. MID switch is turned ON-OFF 3times. If the instrument panel cluster needles move as described
5. Carry out 1 - 4 within 7.0±0.1 second. above, there is a problem with the instrument panel
6. Press and hold the MID switch. cluster assembly.
If the assembly is Functioning correctly, the needles will The assembly must be replaced.
move to the positions specified in the table below.
Note:
Functioning correctly, the needles will move to the
・ Model with MID
positions specified in the table below.
Maintenance Information (All models) 23B-51
Functional Inspection (All models) 23C-1

Description Body, Cab, Accessories


Functional Inspection
(All models)
Table of Contents
Tachometer representational accuracy check................23C-2
inspection..................................................................23C-2
Speedometer representational accuracy check..............23C-3
inspection..................................................................23C-3
23C-2 Functional Inspection (All models)

Tachometer representational accuracy check

inspection Note:
・ Use a scan tool to display the engine rpm.
1. Tachometer representational accuracy check
・ Compare the tachometer display and scan tool
inspection
display.
1. Connect a scan tool to the DLC.
2. Start the engine.

Meter indicator
Tester indicator
Tolerance range
750 rpm 700 - 820 rpm
2000 rpm 1915 - 2085 rpm
3000 rpm 2915 - 3085 rpm
Note:
・ Since the meter display tolerance range shown
in the table is an individual meter standard, it is
a reference value when making vehicle
inspections.
・ Confirm that the needle movement is not
sluggish when gradually increasing and
decreasing the engine rpm.
・ Compare with the engine rpm display and
confirm that it is within the meter display
tolerance range.
Functional Inspection (All models) 23C-3

Speedometer representational accuracy check

inspection ・ If the tire pressure is improper, the display


errors will increase.
1. Speedometer representational accuracy check
・ Be sure to follow the usage guidelines for the
inspection
speedometer tester used.
Note: ・ km/h specification
・ Use a speedometer tester and inspect the
meter display accuracy and odometer
operation.

Tester Meter indicator


Displayed speed Tolerance range
20 km/h 20.5 - 24.8 km/h
40 km/h 41 - 45.3 km/h
60 km/h 61.5 - 65.8 km/h
80 km/h 82.2 - 86.5 km/h
Note:
・ Since the meter display tolerance range shown
in the table is an individual meter standard, it is
a reference value when making vehicle
inspections.
Symptom (All models) 23D-1

Description Body, Cab, Accessories


Symptom
(All models)
Table of Contents
Water separator warning light does not light even when Rear left side window does not operate......................23D-27
water exceeds water separator drain line......................23D-2 Wiper does not operate regardless of the switch position
Water separator warning light lights even when water level .....................................................................................23D-28
is low in water separator...............................................23D-3 Wiper does not operate at the "INT" position.............23D-29
Driving information is not displayed............................23D-4 Wiper does not operate at the "LO" position..............23D-30
Low fuel warning light does not light even when the fuel Wiper does not operate at the "HI" position...............23D-31
tank is empty.................................................................23D-5
None of the windows operate......................................23D-32
Brake system warning light does not light up even when the
Window at the driver side does not operate................23D-33
parking brake lever is engaged......................................23D-6
Window at the front left side does not operate...........23D-34
Brake system warning light does not turn off even when the
parking brake lever is fully released.............................23D-7 Both of the rear windows do not operate....................23D-35
Brake system warning light does not light up even when the Operation abnormality of the dome light function......23D-36
brake fluid in the tank decreases...................................23D-8 Operation abnormality of the taillight/stoplight function
Brake system warning light lights even when brake fluid is .....................................................................................23D-37
filled to specified level..................................................23D-9 Operation abnormality of the license plate light function
Engine oil pressure warning light does not turn off even .....................................................................................23D-38
when the engine is running.........................................23D-10 Operation abnormality of the illumination light function
Reading of the engine coolant temperature gauge is lower without instrument panel cluster assembly.................23D-39
(higher) than reality.....................................................23D-11 Operation abnormality of the instrument panel cluster
Segment display of the engine coolant temperature gauge illumination function...................................................23D-40
does not move change.................................................23D-12 Operation abnormality of the backup light function...23D-44
Segment display of the fuel gauge does not indicate "f" even Operation abnormality of the headlight function........23D-45
when the fuel tank is full.............................................23D-13 Operation abnormality of the clearance light function
Segment display of the fuel gauge ( goes up to "f") even .....................................................................................23D-46
when the fuel tank is not full.......................................23D-14 Operation abnormality of the fog light function.........23D-47
Low fuel warning light lights even when the fuel tank is full Operation abnormality of the turn signal light function
.....................................................................................23D-15 .....................................................................................23D-48
Pointer of the speedometer shakes..............................23D-16
Indicated error of the speedometer is significantly large
.....................................................................................23D-17
Pointer of the tachometer shakes.................................23D-18
Indicated error of the tachometer is significantly large
.....................................................................................23D-19
Segment display of the fuel gauge does not change. . .23D-20
Wiper motor does not stop..........................................23D-21
Washer motor does not operate...................................23D-22
Speedometer and odometer do not operate.................23D-23
Odometer does not count up (speedometer is normal)23D-24
Speedometer does not operate (odometer is normal). .23D-25
Right rear window does not operate............................23D-26
23D-2 Symptom (All models)

Water separator warning light does not light even when water exceeds water
separator drain line
1. Water separator warning light does not light even when Check the following circuits for a break, short-circuiting
water exceeds water separator drain line diagnostics of the power supply and GND, and high resistance. If any
abnormality is found in the circuit, repair or replace the
Note:
relevant circuit.
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection Between the instrument panel cluster and the water
Check that the battery voltage is normal. sedimenter switch.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the
battery.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Check the water sedimenter switch.
If any abnormality is found in the water sedimenter
switch, replace it.
Inspect the instrument panel cluster.
If the water sedimenter switch and the circuit are normal,
replace the instrument panel cluster.
Confirm whether the warning light of the instrument
panel cluster turns on for 3 seconds when the ignition
switch is ON. When it does not turn on, the meter is
faulty.
Caution
If the warning light of the instrument panel cluster turns
on for 3 seconds when the ignition switch is ON, the
instrument panel cluster itself is being controlled by the
CPU inside the instrument panel cluster. Therefore, when
the warning light turns on for 3 seconds, lighting of the
warning light is performed regardless of the sedimenter
switch status.
Note:
・ Inspection of the circuit
Symptom (All models) 23D-3

Water separator warning light lights even when water level is low in water
separator
1. Water separator warning light lights even when water
level is low in water separator diagnostics
Note:
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection
Check that the battery voltage is normal.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the
battery.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Check the water sedimenter switch.
If any abnormality is found in the water sedimenter
switch, replace it.
Inspect the instrument panel cluster.
If the water sedimenter switch and the circuit are normal,
replace the instrument panel cluster.
Note:
・ Inspection of the circuit
Check the following circuits for a break, short-circuiting
of the power supply and GND, and high resistance. If any
abnormality is found in the circuit, repair or replace the
relevant circuit.
Between the instrument panel cluster and the water
sedimenter switch.
23D-4 Symptom (All models)

Driving information is not displayed


1. Driving information is not displayed diagnostics

Display Check the Parts


Fuel consumption is not Instant Fuel consumption ECM
1
displayed Average Fuel consumption ECM
2 Range is not displayed ECM and Tank Unit
3 Average Speed is not displayed ECM
4 Distance is not displayed ECM
It is meter CPU operation and other systems do not
5 Elapse time is not displayed
influence it for the self-conclusion.
6 Outside Temperature is not displayed AMB Sensor
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Perform trouble diagnosis of the instrument panel cluster.
If any abnormality is found in its operation, replace the
instrument panel cluster.
When the instrument panel cluster is functioning
properly, but a failure is found with the input signal, an
error screen is displayed on the multi-display.
・RANGE "----"
・ELAPSE TIME There is no display
・DISTANCE There is no display
・AVG.SPEED There is no display
・INS "E"
There is no malfunction
indication for the bar segment
・AVG. "E"
If normal operation is confirmed, the problem is in a
component or system other than the instrument panel
cluster.
If there is no abnormality in the instrument panel cluster,
check each part in the table.
Symptom (All models) 23D-5

Low fuel warning light does not light even when the fuel tank is empty
1. Low fuel warning light does not light even when the
fuel tank is empty diagnostics
Note:
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection
Check that the battery voltage is normal.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the
battery.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Check the fuel tank unit.
If any abnormality is found in the fuel tank unit, replace
it.
Inspect the instrument panel cluster.
If the fuel tank unit and the circuit are normal, replace the
instrument panel cluster.
23D-6 Symptom (All models)

Brake system warning light does not light up even when the parking brake lever is
engaged
1. Brake system warning light does not light up even
when the parking brake lever is engaged diagnostics
Note:
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection
Check that the battery voltage is normal.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the
battery.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Check the parking brake switch.
If the installation position of the parking brake switch is
improper, adjust it. Replace the switch if abnormalities
are discovered in the switch itself.
Inspect the instrument panel cluster.
If the parking brake switch and the circuit are normal,
replace the instrument panel cluster.
Note:
・ Inspection of the circuit
Check the following circuits for a break, short-circuiting
of the power supply and GND, and high resistance. If any
abnormality is found in the circuit, repair or replace the
relevant circuit.
Between the instrument panel cluster and the parking
brake switch.
Symptom (All models) 23D-7

Brake system warning light does not turn off even when the parking brake lever is
fully released
1. Brake system warning light does not turn off even
when the parking brake lever is fully released
diagnostics
Note:
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection
Check that the battery voltage is normal.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the
battery.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Check the parking brake switch.
If the installation position of the parking brake switch is
improper, adjust it. Replace the switch if abnormalities
are discovered in the switch itself.
Inspect the instrument panel cluster.
If the parking brake switch and the circuit are normal,
replace the instrument panel cluster.
Note:
・ Inspection of the circuit
Check the following circuits for a break, short-circuiting
of the power supply and GND, and high resistance. If any
abnormality is found in the circuit, repair or replace the
relevant circuit.
Between the instrument panel cluster and the parking
brake switch.
23D-8 Symptom (All models)

Brake system warning light does not light up even when the brake fluid in the tank
decreases
1. Brake system warning light does not light up even
when the brake fluid in the tank decreases diagnostics
Note:
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection
Check that the battery voltage is normal.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the
battery.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Check the brake fluid switch.
If any abnormality is found in the brake fluid switch,
replace the brake fluid tank.
Inspect the instrument panel cluster.
If the brake fluid switch and the circuit are normal,
replace the instrument panel cluster.
Note:
・ Inspection of the circuit
Check the following circuits for a break, short-circuiting
of the power supply and GND, and high resistance. If any
abnormality is found in the circuit, repair or replace the
relevant circuit.
Between the instrument panel cluster and the brake fluid
switch.
Between the brake fluid switch and CAB right GND.
Symptom (All models) 23D-9

Brake system warning light lights even when brake fluid is filled to specified level
1. Brake system warning light lights even when brake
fluid is filled to specified level diagnostics
Note:
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection
Check that the battery voltage is normal.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the
battery.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Check the brake fluid switch.
If any abnormality is found in the brake fluid switch,
replace the brake fluid tank.
Inspect the instrument panel cluster.
If the brake fluid switch and the circuit are normal,
replace the instrument panel cluster.
Note:
・ Inspection of the circuit
Check the following circuits for a break, short-circuiting
of the power supply and GND, and high resistance. If any
abnormality is found in the circuit, repair or replace the
relevant circuit.
Between the instrument panel cluster and the brake fluid
switch.
Between the brake fluid switch and CAB right GND.
23D-10 Symptom (All models)

Engine oil pressure warning light does not turn off even when the engine is running
1. Engine oil pressure warning light does not turn off
even when the engine is running diagnostics
Note:
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection
Check that the battery voltage is normal.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the
battery.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Check the engine oil pressure.
Check the engine oil pressure switch.
If any abnormality is found in the engine oil pressure
switch, replace it.
Inspect the instrument panel cluster.
If the engine oil pressure switch and the circuit are
normal, replace the instrument panel cluster.
Note:
・ Inspection of the circuit
Check the following circuits for a break, short-circuiting
of the power supply and GND, and high resistance. If any
abnormality is found in the circuit, repair or replace the
relevant circuit.
Between the instrument panel cluster and the engine oil
pressure switch.
Symptom (All models) 23D-11

Reading of the engine coolant temperature gauge is lower (higher) than reality
1. Reading of the engine coolant temperature gauge is
lower (higher) than reality diagnostics

WARNING
TEMP SEGMENT
TEMP RANGE (˚C) LAMP
SEGMENT (No.) CONDITION
CONDITION
6 120- BLINK (1Hz) TURN ON
5 114-119 TURN ON TURN OFF
4 107-113 TURN ON TURN OFF
3 75-106 TURN ON TURN OFF
2 60-74 TURN ON TURN OFF
1 45-59 TURN ON TURN OFF
0 -44 TURN ON TURN OFF
Note: Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
・ DETAILED DRAWING OF DISPLAY circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Inspect the related system and the communication circuit.
Inspect the CAN communication circuit and the systems
connected to the CAN communication circuit, and repair
them if abnormalities are discovered.
Note:
・ When you replace a control unit of a related
system, it is necessary to perform writing and
setting.
Inspect the instrument panel cluster.
Note: Perform a self-diagnosis of the instrument panel cluster,
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection and conduct a road test. If any abnormality is found,
replace the instrument panel cluster.
Check that the battery voltage is normal.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the
battery.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
23D-12 Symptom (All models)

Segment display of the engine coolant temperature gauge does not move change
1. Segment display of the engine coolant temperature
gauge does not move change diagnostics
Note:
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection
Check that the battery voltage is normal.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the
battery.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Inspect the related system and the communication circuit.
Inspect the CAN communication circuit and the systems
connected to the CAN communication circuit, and repair
them if abnormalities are discovered.
Note:
・ When you replace a control unit of a related
system, it is necessary to perform writing and
setting.
Inspect the instrument panel cluster.
Perform a self-diagnosis of the instrument panel cluster,
and conduct a road test. If any abnormality is found,
replace the instrument panel cluster.
Symptom (All models) 23D-13

Segment display of the fuel gauge does not indicate "f" even when the fuel tank is
full
1. Segment display of the fuel gauge does not indicate "f"
even when the fuel tank is full diagnostics
Note:
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection
Check that the battery voltage is normal.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the
battery.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Check the fuel tank unit.
If any abnormality is found in the fuel tank unit, replace
it.
Inspect the instrument panel cluster.
If the fuel tank unit and the circuit are normal, replace the
instrument panel cluster.
Note:
・ Inspection of the circuit
Check the following circuits for a break, short-circuiting
of the power supply and GND, and high resistance.
If any abnormality is found in the circuit, repair or
replace the relevant circuit.
Between the instrument panel cluster and the fuel tank
unit.
Between the fuel tank unit and GND.
23D-14 Symptom (All models)

Segment display of the fuel gauge ( goes up to "f") even when the fuel tank is not
full
1. Segment display of the fuel gauge ( goes up to "f")
even when the fuel tank is not full diagnostics
Note:
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection
Check that the battery voltage is normal.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the
battery.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Check the fuel tank unit.
If any abnormality is found in the fuel tank unit, replace
it.
Inspect the instrument panel cluster.
If the fuel tank unit and the circuit are normal, replace the
instrument panel cluster.
Note:
・ Inspection of the circuit
Check the following circuits for a break, short-circuiting
of the power supply and GND, and high resistance.
If any abnormality is found in the circuit, repair or
replace the relevant circuit.
Between the instrument panel cluster and the fuel tank
unit.
Between the fuel tank unit and GND.
Symptom (All models) 23D-15

Low fuel warning light lights even when the fuel tank is full
1. Low fuel warning light lights even when the fuel tank
is full diagnostics
Note:
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection
Check that the battery voltage is normal.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the
battery.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Check the fuel tank unit.
If any abnormality is found in the fuel tank unit, replace
it.
Inspect the instrument panel cluster.
If the fuel tank unit and the circuit are normal, replace the
instrument panel cluster.
23D-16 Symptom (All models)

Pointer of the speedometer shakes


1. Pointer of the speedometer shakes diagnostics
Note:
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection
Check that the battery voltage is normal.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the
battery.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Inspect the related system and the communication circuit.
Inspect the CAN communication circuit and the systems
connected to the CAN communication circuit, and repair
them if abnormalities are discovered.
Note:
・ When you replace a control unit of a related
system, it is necessary to perform writing and
setting.
Inspect the instrument panel cluster.
Perform a self-diagnosis of the instrument panel cluster,
and conduct a road test. If any abnormality is found,
replace the instrument panel cluster.
Symptom (All models) 23D-17

Indicated error of the speedometer is significantly large


1. Indicated error of the speedometer is significantly Perform a self-diagnosis of the instrument panel cluster,
large diagnostics and conduct a road test. If any abnormality is found,
replace the instrument panel cluster.
When the instrument panel cluster instruction speed is
outside the vehicle acceptable range, against the tester
display speed, or even when it is within the vehicle
acceptable range, the allowance of the instrument panel
cluster itself is largely deviated from the range
[Functional Inspection (ALL)].
Note:
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection
Check that the battery voltage is normal.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the
battery.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
・ Confirm whether the tire size and the tire air
pressure are the specified values.
Inspect the related system and the communication circuit.
Inspect the CAN communication circuit and the systems
connected to the CAN communication circuit, and repair
them if abnormalities are discovered.
Note:
・ When you replace a control unit of a related
system, it is necessary to perform writing and
setting.
・ The speedometer and the odometer will not
display the correct value, if the vehicle speed
correction value is not set properly at ECM.
Inspect the instrument panel cluster.
23D-18 Symptom (All models)

Pointer of the tachometer shakes


1. Pointer of the tachometer shakes diagnostics
Note:
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection
Check that the battery voltage is normal.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the
battery.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Inspect the related system and the communication circuit.
Inspect the CAN communication circuit and the systems
connected to the CAN communication circuit, and repair
them if abnormalities are discovered.
Note:
・ When you replace a control unit of a related
system, it is necessary to perform writing and
setting.
Inspect the instrument panel cluster.
Perform a self-diagnosis of the instrument panel cluster,
and conduct a road test. If any abnormality is found,
replace the instrument panel cluster.
Symptom (All models) 23D-19

Indicated error of the tachometer is significantly large


1. Indicated error of the tachometer is significantly large
diagnostics
When the instrument panel cluster instruction rotation
speed is not within the acceptable range [Functional
Inspection (ALL)], against the tester display rotation.
Note:
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection
Check that the battery voltage is normal.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the
battery.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Inspect the related system and the communication circuit.
Inspect the CAN communication circuit and the systems
connected to the CAN communication circuit, and repair
them if abnormalities are discovered.
Note:
・ When you replace a control unit of a related
system, it is necessary to perform writing and
setting.
Inspect the instrument panel cluster.
Perform a self-diagnosis of the instrument panel cluster,
and conduct a road test. If any abnormality is found,
replace the instrument panel cluster.
23D-20 Symptom (All models)

Segment display of the fuel gauge does not change


1. Segment display of the fuel gauge does not change
diagnostics
Note:
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection
Check that the battery voltage is normal.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the
battery.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Check the fuel tank unit.
If any abnormality is found in the fuel tank unit, replace
it.
Inspect the instrument panel cluster.
If the fuel tank unit and the circuit are normal, replace the
instrument panel cluster.
Inspect the instrument panel cluster.
Perform a self-diagnosis of the instrument panel cluster,
and conduct a road test. If any abnormality is found,
replace the instrument panel cluster.
Note:
・ Inspection of the circuit
Check the following circuits for a break, short-circuiting
of the power supply and GND, and high resistance.
If any abnormality is found in the circuit, repair or
replace the relevant circuit.
Between the instrument panel cluster and the fuel tank
unit.
Symptom (All models) 23D-21

Wiper motor does not stop


1. Wiper motor does not stop diagnostics
Note:
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection
Check that the battery voltage is normal.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the
battery.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Check the wiper and the washer switch.
Operate the wiper and the washer switch and check that
the circuit operates normally in a continuity test. If a
problem is found, replace the switch.
Check the wiper motor.
Replace the wiper motor if a defect is found.
23D-22 Symptom (All models)

Washer motor does not operate


1. Washer motor does not operate diagnostics
Note:
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection
Check that the battery voltage is normal.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the
battery.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Check the wiper fuse.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse, replace the fuse.
Check the wiper and the washer switch.
Operate the wiper and the washer switch and check that
the circuit operates normally in a continuity test. If a
problem is found, replace the switch.
Check the washer motor.
Replace the washer motor if a failure is found.
Note:
・ Inspection of the circuit
Check the following circuits for a break, short-circuiting
{power supply and GND} and high resistance. If any
abnormality is found in the circuit, repair or replace the
relevant circuit.
Between the cab junction block and the washer motor.
Between the washer motor and the wiper, washer switch.
Between the wiper, washer switch and GND {cab}.
Symptom (All models) 23D-23

Speedometer and odometer do not operate


1. Speedometer and odometer do not operate diagnostics
Note:
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection
Check that the battery voltage is normal.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the
battery.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Inspect the related system and the communication circuit.
Inspect the CAN communication circuit and the systems
connected to the CAN communication circuit, and repair
them if abnormalities are discovered.
Note:
・ When you replace a control unit of a related
system, it is necessary to perform writing and
setting.
Inspect the instrument panel cluster.
Perform a self-diagnosis of the instrument panel cluster,
and conduct a road test. If any abnormality is found,
replace the instrument panel cluster.
23D-24 Symptom (All models)

Odometer does not count up (speedometer is normal)


1. Odometer does not count up (speedometer is normal)
diagnostics
Note:
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection
Check that the battery voltage is normal.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the
battery.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Inspect the related system and the communication circuit.
Inspect the CAN communication circuit and the systems
connected to the CAN communication circuit, and repair
them if abnormalities are discovered.
Note:
・ When you replace a control unit of a related
system, it is necessary to perform writing and
setting.
Inspect the instrument panel cluster.
Perform a self-diagnosis of the instrument panel cluster,
and conduct a road test. If any abnormality is found,
replace the instrument panel cluster.
Symptom (All models) 23D-25

Speedometer does not operate (odometer is normal)


1. Speedometer does not operate (odometer is normal)
diagnostics
Note:
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection
Check that the battery voltage is normal.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the
battery.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Inspect the related system and the communication circuit.
Inspect the CAN communication circuit and the systems
connected to the CAN communication circuit, and repair
them if abnormalities are discovered.
Note:
・ When you replace a control unit of a related
system, it is necessary to perform writing and
setting.
Inspect the instrument panel cluster.
Perform a self-diagnosis of the instrument panel cluster,
and conduct a road test. If any abnormality is found,
replace the instrument panel cluster.
23D-26 Symptom (All models)

Right rear window does not operate


1. Right rear window does not operate diagnostics The power supply and the GND circuit of the power
window switch
Note:
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection
Check that the battery voltage is normal.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the
battery.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Check the rear right side power window switch.
After inspecting the power window circuit, operate the
rear right side power window switch and check that it
operates normally. If a problem is found, replace the
switch.
Check the rear right side power window switch for the
driver's seat.
After inspecting the power window circuit, operate the
rear right side power window switch for the driver's seat
and check that it operates normally. If a problem is found,
replace the switch.
Check the rear right side power window motor.
Replace the power window motor if it is defective.
Note:
・ Inspection of the circuit
Check the following circuits for a break, short-circuiting
{power supply and GND} and high resistance. If any
abnormality is found in the circuit, repair or replace the
relevant circuit.
Between the rear right side power window switch and the
rear right side power window motor.
Between the rear right side power window switch for the
driver's seat and the rear right side power window switch.
Symptom (All models) 23D-27

Rear left side window does not operate


1. Rear left side window does not operate diagnostics The power supply and the GND circuit of the power
window switch
Note:
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection
Check that the battery voltage is normal.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the
battery.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Check the rear left side power window switch.
After inspecting the power window circuit, operate the
rear left side power window switch and check that it
operates normally. If a problem is found, replace the
switch.
Check the rear left side power window switch for the
driver's seat.
After inspecting the power window circuit, operate the
rear left side power window switch for the driver's seat
and check that it operates normally. If a problem is found,
replace the switch.
Check the rear left side power window motor.
Replace the power window motor if it is defective.
Note:
・ Inspection of the circuit
Check the following circuits for a break, short-circuiting
{power supply and GND} and high resistance. If any
abnormality is found in the circuit, repair or replace the
relevant circuit.
Between the rear left side power window switch and the
rear left side power window motor.
Between the rear left side power window switch for the
driver's seat and the rear left side power window switch.
23D-28 Symptom (All models)

Wiper does not operate regardless of the switch position


1. Wiper does not operate regardless of the switch Check the following circuits for a break, short-circuiting
position diagnostics {power supply and GND} and high resistance. If any
abnormality is found in the circuit, repair or replace the
Note:
relevant circuit.
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection Between the cab junction block and the wiper, washer
Check that the battery voltage is normal. switch.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the Between the cab junction block and the wiper motor.
battery. Between the wiper, washer switch and GND {cab}.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Check the wiper fuse.
If any abnormality is found in the fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect or repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check the key-on relay function.
Check whether an abnormality exists in the key-on relay.
Replace it if any abnormality is found.
Check the wiper main relay function.
Check whether an abnormality exists in the wiper main
relay. Replace it if any abnormality is found.
Check the wiper high/low relay function.
Check whether an abnormality exists in the wiper high/
low relay. Replace it if any abnormality is found.
Check the wiper and the washer switch.
Operate the wiper and the washer switch and check that
the circuit operates normally in a continuity test. If a
problem is found, replace the switch.
Check the wiper motor.
Replace the wiper motor if a defect is found.
Note:
・ Inspection of the circuit
Symptom (All models) 23D-29

Wiper does not operate at the "INT" position


1. Wiper does not operate at the "INT" position
diagnostics
Note:
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection
Check that the battery voltage is normal.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the
battery.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Check the wiper and the washer switch.
Operate the wiper and the washer switch and check that
the circuit operates normally in a continuity test. If a
problem is found, replace the switch.
Check the BCM.
Check the DTC and replace the BCM if any abnormality
is found.
Note:
・ Inspection of the circuit
Check the following circuits for a break, short-circuiting
{power supply and GND} and high resistance. If any
abnormality is found in the circuit, repair or replace the
relevant circuit.
Between the wiper, washer switch and the BCM.
23D-30 Symptom (All models)

Wiper does not operate at the "LO" position


1. Wiper does not operate at the "LO" position
diagnostics
Note:
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection
Check that the battery voltage is normal.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the
battery.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Check the wiper and the washer switch.
Operate the wiper and the washer switch and check that
the circuit operates normally in a continuity test. If a
problem is found, replace the switch.
Check the wiper motor.
Replace the wiper motor if a defect is found.
Check the wiper high/low relay function.
Check whether an abnormality exists in the wiper high/
low relay. Replace it if any abnormality is found.
Check the wiper main relay function.
Check whether an abnormality exists in the wiper main
relay. Replace it if any abnormality is found.
Note:
・ Inspection of the circuit
Check the following circuits for a break, short-circuiting
{power supply and GND} and high resistance. If any
abnormality is found in the circuit, repair or replace the
relevant circuit.
Between the cab junction block and the wiper, washer
switch.
Between the cab junction block and the wiper motor.
Symptom (All models) 23D-31

Wiper does not operate at the "HI" position


1. Wiper does not operate at the "HI" position
diagnostics
Note:
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection
Check that the battery voltage is normal.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the
battery.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Check the wiper and the washer switch.
Operate the wiper and the washer switch and check that
the circuit operates normally in a continuity test. If a
problem is found, replace the switch.
Check the wiper motor.
Replace the wiper motor if a defect is found.
Check the wiper high/low relay function.
Check whether an abnormality exists in the wiper high/
low relay. Replace it if any abnormality is found.
Note:
・ Inspection of the circuit
Check the following circuits for a break, short-circuiting
{power supply and GND} and high resistance. If any
abnormality is found in the circuit, repair or replace the
relevant circuit.
Between the cab junction block and the wiper, washer
switch.
Between the cab junction block and the wiper motor.
23D-32 Symptom (All models)

None of the windows operate


1. None of the windows operate diagnostics
Note:
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection
Check that the battery voltage is normal.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the
battery.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Check the fuse.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect or repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check the power window relay function.
If a problem is found, replace the power window relay.
Check the power window switch for the driver's seat side.
After inspecting the power window circuit, operate the
power window switch and check that it operates
normally. If a problem is found, replace the switch.
Note:
・ Inspection of the circuit
Check the following circuits for a break, short-circuiting
{power supply and GND} and high resistance. If any
abnormality is found in the circuit, repair or replace the
relevant circuit.
Between the fuse and each power window switch.
Between the power window switch and GND {cab}.
Symptom (All models) 23D-33

Window at the driver side does not operate


1. Window at the driver side does not operate diagnostics
Note:
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection
Check that the battery voltage is normal.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the
battery.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Check the power window switch for the driver's seat side.
After inspecting the power window circuit, operate the
power window switch and check that it operates
normally. If a problem is found, replace the switch.
Check the power window motor for the driver's seat side.
Replace the power window motor if it is defective.
Note:
・ Inspection of the circuit
Check the following circuits for a break, short-circuiting
{power supply and GND} and high resistance. If any
abnormality is found in the circuit, repair or replace the
relevant circuit.
Between the driver's seat side power window switch and
the power window motor.
Between the power supply and the GND circuit of the
power window switch.
23D-34 Symptom (All models)

Window at the front left side does not operate


1. Window at the front left side does not operate The power supply and the GND circuit of the power
diagnostics window switch
Note:
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection
Check that the battery voltage is normal.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the
battery.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Check the front left side power window switch.
After inspecting the power window circuit, operate the
front left side power window switch and check that it
operates normally. If a problem is found, replace the
switch.
Check the power window switch for the driver's seat side.
After inspecting the power window circuit, operate the
power window switch for the driver's seat side and check
that it operates normally. If a problem is found, replace
the switch.
Check the front left side power window motor.
Replace the power window motor if it is defective.
Note:
・ Inspection of the circuit
Check the following circuits for a break, short-circuiting
{power supply and GND} and high resistance. If any
abnormality is found in the circuit, repair or replace the
relevant circuit.
Between the front left side power window switch and the
front left side power window motor.
Between the driver's seat side power window switch and
the front left side power window switch.
Symptom (All models) 23D-35

Both of the rear windows do not operate


1. Both of the rear windows do not operate diagnostics
Note:
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection
Check that the battery voltage is normal.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the
battery.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Check the rear power window fuse.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as meltdown,
etc., inspect and repair the cause for the meltdown first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check the rear power window fuse.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as meltdown,
etc., inspect and repair the cause for the meltdown first,
and then replace the fuse.
Note:
・ Inspection of the circuit
Check the following circuits for a break, short-circuiting
{power supply and GND} and high resistance. If any
abnormality is found in the circuit, repair or replace the
relevant circuit.
Between cab junction block and the rear power window
relay.
Between the rear power window relay and the left and
right rear power window switches for the driver's seat.
Between the left and right rear power window switches
for the driver's seat and GND.
Between the power supply and the GND circuit of the
power window switch.
23D-36 Symptom (All models)

Operation abnormality of the dome light function


1. Operation abnormality of the dome light function Note:
diagnostics ・ Inspection of the circuit
Note: Check the following circuits for an open circuit, short
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection circuit (power supply and GND), and high resistance. If
any abnormality is found in the circuit, repair or replace
Check that the battery voltage is normal.
the relevant circuit.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the
Between the slow blow fuse and the fuse.
battery.
Between the fuse and the room light, fluorescent light.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition. Between the room light, fluorescent light and BCM.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire- Between the BCM and the door switch.
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first, Between the room light switch and GND.
and then replace the fuse. Between the door switch and GND.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Inspect the slow blow fuse.
If any abnormality is found in a slow blow fuse, inspect
and repair the cause for the meltdown first, and then
replace the fuse.
Inspect the room light switch.
Operate the door switch and check that the circuit
operates normally in the continuity test. If a problem is
found, replace the switch.
Inspect the door switch.
Operate the door switch and check that the circuit
operates normally in the continuity test. If a problem is
found, replace the switch.
Replace the BCM.
If any defects are found in BCM, repair or replace it. If
the circuit and the switch are normal, replace the BCM.
When BCM is replaced, programming such as idling stop
start system and the MIMAMORI function is required.
Check that the bulbs of the room light are normal.
If any defects are found, repair or replace such defected
bulbs of the room light.
Symptom (All models) 23D-37

Operation abnormality of the taillight/stoplight function


1. Operation abnormality of the taillight/stoplight Note:
function diagnostics ・ Inspection of the circuit
Note: Check the following circuits for an open circuit, short
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection circuit (power supply and GND), and high resistance. If
any abnormality is found in the circuit, repair or replace
Check that the battery voltage is normal.
the relevant circuit.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the
Between the slow blow fuse and the starter switch.
battery.
Between the slow blow fuse and the tail relay.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition. Between the slow blow fuse and the stop light relay.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire- Between the starter switch and the fuse.
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first, Between the fuse and the tail relay.
and then replace the fuse. Between the tail relay and the fuse.
Between the tail relay and the lighting switch.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
Between the fuse and the tail light.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
Between the tail light and GND.
clean.
Between the stop light relay and the stop light switch.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal. Between the stop light switch and GND.
Check the connector for connection failures and the Between the stop light relay and the stop light.
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends. Between the stop light and GND.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Inspect the slow blow fuse.
If any abnormality is found in a slow blow fuse, inspect
and repair the cause for the meltdown first, and then
replace the fuse.
Inspect the lighting switch.
Operate the lighting switch and check that the circuit
operates normally in the continuity test. If a problem is
found, replace the switch.
Inspect the stop light switch.
Operate the stop light switch and check that the circuit
operates normally in the continuity test. If a problem is
found, replace the switch.
Inspect the function of the tail relay.
Check whether an abnormality exists on the relay.
Replace it if any abnormality is found.
Inspect the function of the stop light relay.
Check whether an abnormality exists on the relay.
Replace it if any abnormality is found.
Check that the bulbs of the combination light (taillight,
stoplight) are normal.
If the fluorescent light is defective, repair or replace it.
23D-38 Symptom (All models)

Operation abnormality of the license plate light function


1. Operation abnormality of the license plate light Between the slow blow fuse and the tail relay.
function diagnostics Between the starter switch and the fuse.
Between fuse and the tail relay.
Note:
Between the tail relay and the fuse.
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection Between the tail relay and the lighting switch.
Check that the battery voltage is normal. Between the fuse and the license plate light.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the Between the license plate light and GND.
battery. Between the lighting switch and GND.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Inspect the slow blow fuse.
If any abnormality is found in a slow blow fuse, inspect
and repair the cause for the meltdown first, and then
replace the fuse.
Inspect the lighting switch.
Operate the lighting switch and check that the circuit
operates normally in the continuity test. If a problem is
found, replace the switch.
Inspect the function of the tail relay.
Check whether an abnormality exists on the relay.
Replace it if any abnormality is found.
Check that the license plate light bulbs are normal.
If any defects are found, repair or replace such defected
bulbs.
Note:
・ Inspection of the circuit
Check the following circuits for an open circuit, short
circuit (power supply and GND), and high resistance. If
any abnormality is found in the circuit, repair or replace
the relevant circuit.
Between the slow blow fuse and the starter switch.
Symptom (All models) 23D-39

Operation abnormality of the illumination light function without instrument panel


cluster assembly
1. Operation abnormality of the illumination light abnormality is found in the circuit, repair or replace the
function without instrument panel cluster assembly relevant circuit.
diagnostics Between the slow blow fuse and the starter switch.
Between the slow blow fuse and the tail relay.
Note:
Between the starter switch and the fuse.
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection Between fuse and the tail relay.
Check that the battery voltage is normal. Between the tail relay and the fuse.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the Between the tail relay and the lighting switch.
battery. Between the fuse and the illumination light.
Between the illumination light and GND.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition. Between the lighting switch and GND.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Inspect the slow blow fuse.
If any abnormality is found in a slow blow fuse, inspect
and repair the cause for the meltdown first, and then
replace the fuse.
Inspect the lighting switch.
Operate the lighting switch and check that the circuit
operates normally in the continuity test. If a problem is
found, replace the switch.
Inspect the function of the tail relay.
Check whether an abnormality exists on the relay.
Replace it if any abnormality is found.
Check that the bulbs of the illumination light are normal.
If an abnormality is found in a bulb, repair or replace the
bulb or the switch.
Note:
・ Inspection of the circuit
Check the following circuits for a break, short-circuiting
{power supply and GND}, and high resistance. If any
23D-40 Symptom (All models)

Operation abnormality of the instrument panel cluster illumination function


1. Operation abnormality of the instrument panel cluster Instrument panel cluster illumination control system
illumination function diagnostics
Note:
Only for models with MID, check whether the lighting ・ Model: Without MID
control is "AUTO" or "MANUAL", and confirm that it is
operating properly in the currently set mode.

It is possible to release the automatic dimming control temperature gauge may be difficult to see
through the special operation, and it can be switched to when driving with the headlights on.
the light switch linked operation.
When the light switch is turned 3 times and "ON ⇔OFF"
Note: is detected within the specified time, the conditions are
・ How to release the LCD display automatic satisfied, and the day and night determination is cancelled
dimming control immediately.
When the cancellation conditions are satisfied, a beep
Caution:
indicating completion sounds after the conditions is met.
・ When the automatic dimming control is turned For the cases below, it is assumed that the conditions are
off, the fuel gauge and engine coolant not satisfied, and the day and night determination cancel
Symptom (All models) 23D-41
mode is released until the ignition switch is turned ON Through the operation below, the automatic dimming
again and then turned OFF. control (= day and night determination) is released, and
> "Light switch ON ⇔ Light switch OFF" cannot be the brightness can be dimmed for 1 level with the light
detected by turning the light switch 3 times within the switch linked operation in the same way as for the dial
specified time. (Less than 3 times) plate and pointer illuminations.
> "Light switch ON ⇔ Light switch OFF" is detected by
To recover the day and night determination, it should be
turning the light switch 4 or more times within the
switched when the same conditions as the above
specified time.
cancellation are satisfied again after the ignition switch is
LCD display illumination automatic dimming control turned ON and then turned OFF.
release procedure

Note:
・ Model: With MID
23D-42 Symptom (All models)

Note: Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical


・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
Check that the battery voltage is normal. components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the the operation.
battery.
Note:
Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
・ Structural components inspection
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first, Inspect the lighting switch.
and then replace the fuse. Operate the lighting switch and check that the circuit
operates normally in the continuity test. If a problem is
Check that the ground connection is normal.
found, replace the switch.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
Inspect the function of the tail relay.
clean.
Check whether an abnormality exists in the relay.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal. Replace it if any abnormality is found.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Symptom (All models) 23D-43
Note:
・ When you replace a control unit of a related
system, it is necessary to perform writing and
setting.
Inspect the instrument panel cluster.
Perform a self-diagnosis of the instrument panel cluster,
and conduct a road test. If any abnormality is found,
replace the instrument panel cluster.
23D-44 Symptom (All models)

Operation abnormality of the backup light function


1. Operation abnormality of the backup light function
diagnostics
Note:
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection
Check that the battery voltage is normal.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the
battery.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Inspect the slow blow fuse.
If any abnormality is found in a slow blow fuse, inspect
and repair the cause for the meltdown first, and then
replace the fuse.
Inspect the backup light switch.
Operate the backup light switch and check that the circuit
operates normally in the continuity test. If a problem is
found, replace the switch. Inspect the mechanical parts of
the transmission. Check that the bulbs of the backup light
are normal. If any defects are found, repair or replace
such defective bulbs.
Note:
・ Inspection of the circuit
Check the following circuits for a break, short-circuiting
{power supply and GND}, and high resistance. If any
abnormality is found in the circuit, repair or replace the
relevant circuit.
Between the slow blow fuse and starter switch.
Between the starter switch and the fuse.
Between the fuse and the backup light switch.
Between the backup light switch and the backup light.
Between the backup light and GND.
Symptom (All models) 23D-45

Operation abnormality of the headlight function


1. Operation abnormality of the headlight function Between the slow blow fuse and the headlight relay Hi,
diagnostics Lo.
Between the starter switch and the fuse.
Note:
Between the fuse and the headlight relay Hi, Lo.
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection Between the headlight relay Lo and the fuse.
Check that the battery voltage is normal. Between the headlight relay Hi and the fuse.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the Between the headlight relay Hi, Lo and the combination
battery. switch (lighting switch).
Between the fuse and the headlight Hi, Lo.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition. Between the headlight Hi, Lo and GND.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Inspect the slow blow fuse.
If any abnormality is found in a slow blow fuse, inspect
and repair the cause for the meltdown first, and then
replace the fuse.
Inspect the lighting switch.
Operate the lighting switch and check that the circuit
operates normally in the continuity test. If a problem is
found, replace the switch.
Check the function of the headlight relay.
Check whether an abnormality exists on the headlight
relay. Replace it if any abnormality is found.
Check that the headlight bulbs are normal.
If any defects are found, repair or replace such defected
bulbs.
Note:
・ Inspection of the circuit
Check the following circuits for an open circuit, short
circuit (power supply and GND), and high resistance. If
any abnormality is found in the circuit, repair or replace
the relevant circuit.
Between the slow blow fuse and the starter switch.
23D-46 Symptom (All models)

Operation abnormality of the clearance light function


1. Operation abnormality of the clearance light function Between the slow blow fuse and the tail relay.
diagnostics Between the starter switch and the fuse.
Between fuse and the tail relay.
Note:
Between the tail relay and the fuse.
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection Between the tail relay and the lighting switch.
Check that the battery voltage is normal. Between the fuse and the clearance light.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the Between the clearance light and GND.
battery. Between the lighting switch and GND.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
and then replace the fuse.
Check that the ground connection is normal.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and
clean.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
・ Inspect the slow blow fuse.
If any abnormality is found in a slow blow fuse,
inspect and repair the cause for the meltdown
first, and then replace the fuse.
Inspect the lighting switch.
Operate the lighting switch and check that the circuit
operates normally in the continuity test. If a problem is
found, replace the switch.
Inspect the function of the tail relay.
Check whether an abnormality exists on the relay.
Replace it if any abnormality is found.
Check that the bulbs of the clearance light are normal. If
any defects are found, repair or replace such defected
bulbs.
Note:
・ Inspection of the circuit
Check the following circuits for an open circuit, short
circuit (power supply and GND), and high resistance. If
any abnormality is found in the circuit, repair or replace
the relevant circuit.
Between the slow blow fuse and the starter switch.
Symptom (All models) 23D-47

Operation abnormality of the fog light function


1. Operation abnormality of the fog light function abnormality is found in the circuit, repair or replace the
diagnostics relevant circuit.
Between the slow blow fuse and the starter switch.
Note:
Between the slow blow fuse and the tail relay.
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection Between the slow blow fuse and the fuse.
Check that the battery voltage is normal. Between the starter switch and the fuse.
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the Between the fuse and the tail relay.
battery. Between the tail relay and the fuse.
Between the tail relay and the lighting switch.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition. Between the fuse and the fog light switch.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire- Between the fuse and the fog light relay.
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first, Between the fog light relay and the fog light switch.
and then replace the fuse. Between the fog light relay and the fog light.
Check that the ground connection is normal. Between the fog light and the GND.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and Between the combination switch and GND.
clean. Between the marker relay and GND.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Inspect the slow blow fuse.
If any abnormality is found in a slow blow fuse, inspect
and repair the cause for the meltdown first, and then
replace the fuse.
Inspect the lighting switch.
Operate the lighting switch and check that the circuit
operates normally in the continuity test. If a problem is
found, replace the switch.
Inspect the function of the tail relay.
Check whether an abnormality exists on the relay.
Replace it if any abnormality is found.
Inspect the function of the fog light relay.
Check whether an abnormality exists in the relay.
Replace it if any abnormality is found.
Check that the bulbs of the fog light are normal. If any
defects are found, repair or replace such defective bulbs.
Note:
・ Inspection of the circuit
Check the following circuits for a break, short-circuiting
{power supply and GND}, and high resistance. If any
23D-48 Symptom (All models)

Operation abnormality of the turn signal light function


1. Operation abnormality of the turn signal light function Front turn signal light Side turn signal light Rear turn
diagnostics signal light
Note: Note:
・ Prior confirmation and visual inspection ・ Inspection of the circuit
Check that the battery voltage is normal. Check the following circuits for an open circuit, short
If the battery voltage is not normal, charge or replace the circuit (power supply and GND), and high resistance. If
battery. any abnormality is found in the circuit, repair or replace
the relevant circuit.
Check that the fuses are in normal condition.
Between the slow blow fuse and the fuse.
If any abnormality is found in a fuse such as wire-
Between the fuse and the flasher unit.
melting, inspect and repair the cause of the melting first,
Between the flasher unit and the turn signal switch.
and then replace the fuse.
Between the flasher unit and the hazard switch.
Check that the ground connection is normal. Between the turn signal switch and BCM.
If the ground connection has an abnormality, repair and Between the turn signal switch and GND.
clean. Between the hazard switch and GND.
Between the flasher unit and the turn signal light.
Check that the harnesses and connectors are normal.
Between the turn signal light and GND.
Check the connector for connection failures and the
harness for abnormalities such as abrasion or bends.
Check that the wire inside the harness is not short-
circuited to another circuit.
Check the effect of the post-mounted electrical
components such as wireless devices and lights.
Turn OFF or remove the post-mounted electrical
components, so that they do not affect the inspection or
the operation.
Note:
・ Structural components inspection
Inspect the slow blow fuse.
If any abnormality is found in a slow blow fuse, inspect
and repair the cause for the meltdown first, and then
replace the fuse.
Inspect the turn signal switch.
Operate the turn signal switch and check that the circuit
operates normally in the continuity test. If a problem is
found, replace the switch.
Inspect the hazard switch.
Operate the hazard switch and check that the circuit
operates normally in the continuity test. If a problem is
found, replace the switch.
Inspect the flasher unit.
If the circuit and the switch are normal, replace the
flasher unit.
Check the answer-back function.
Inspect the keyless entry system, etc. for any abnormality.
Repair or replace it if any abnormality is found.
Check that the bulbs of the turn signal light are normal. If
any defects are found, repair or replace such defected
bulbs.
Lighting Systems (All models) 9A-1

Body, Cab, Accessories


Lighting Systems
(All models)
Table of Contents
Stoplight switch...............................................................9A-2 inspection..................................................................9A-36
removal.......................................................................9A-2 installation................................................................9A-37
inspection....................................................................9A-3 Projector headlight high beam bulb..............................9A-39
installation..................................................................9A-4 removal.....................................................................9A-39
Headlight assembly.........................................................9A-5 installation................................................................9A-40
removal.......................................................................9A-5 Projector headlight low beam bulb...............................9A-41
inspection....................................................................9A-6 removal.....................................................................9A-41
installation..................................................................9A-8 installation................................................................9A-42
Fog light bulb..................................................................9A-9 Front turn signal light bulb............................................9A-43
removal.......................................................................9A-9 removal.....................................................................9A-43
inspection..................................................................9A-10 installation................................................................9A-44
installation................................................................9A-11 Map light bulb...............................................................9A-45
Side turn signal light bulb.............................................9A-12 removal.....................................................................9A-45
removal.....................................................................9A-12 installation................................................................9A-46
installation................................................................9A-13 High mounted stop light bulb........................................9A-47
Combination switch assembly.......................................9A-14 removal.....................................................................9A-47
inspection..................................................................9A-14 installation................................................................9A-48
Door switch...................................................................9A-19
removal.....................................................................9A-19
inspection..................................................................9A-20
installation................................................................9A-21
Halogen headlight bulb.................................................9A-22
removal.....................................................................9A-22
installation................................................................9A-23
Clearance light bulb......................................................9A-24
removal.....................................................................9A-24
installation................................................................9A-25
Tail stoplight bulb.........................................................9A-26
removal.....................................................................9A-26
installation................................................................9A-27
License plate light bulb.................................................9A-28
removal.....................................................................9A-28
installation................................................................9A-29
Backup light bulb..........................................................9A-30
removal.....................................................................9A-30
installation................................................................9A-31
Dome light bulb.............................................................9A-32
removal.....................................................................9A-32
installation................................................................9A-33
Key reminder switch.....................................................9A-34
removal.....................................................................9A-34
9A-2 Lighting Systems (All models)

Stoplight switch

removal
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. Stoplight switch removal
1. Remove the stoplight switch from the brake pedal
bracket.
2. Remove the harness connector from the stoplight
switch.
3. Loosen the lock nut using a wrench.
Note:
・ Turn and remove the switch main unit from the
bracket.

1. Stoplight switch
2. Lock nut
Lighting Systems (All models) 9A-3

inspection
1. Stoplight switch inspection
1. Inspect the stoplight switch using the circuit tester.
Note:
・ Operate the switch to inspect the continuity
between the terminals.
・ Confirm that continuity exists while the switch
is not pressed down.
・ If any abnormality is found in the inspection
result, replace the relevant part with a normal
one.
9A-4 Lighting Systems (All models)

installation
1. Stoplight switch installation
1. Install the stoplight switch to the brake pedal
bracket.
Note:
・ Screw in the stoplight switch until the tip of its
threaded portion hits the brake pedal.
Caution:
・ Be careful not press the pedal with the tip of
the switch.
Note:
・ Turn the stoplight switch for a 1/2 rotation to
confirm that the gap (L)
between the pedal and the tip of the threaded
portion is 0.2 - 1.2 mm (0.008 - 0.047 in), and
then tighten the lock nut.
・ Connect the connector.

1. Lock nut
2. Brake pedal
3. Stoplight switch

2. Battery ground cable connect


1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
Lighting Systems (All models) 9A-5

Headlight assembly

removal
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. Radiator grille removal
1. Remove the radiator grille from vehicle.
Note:
・ Remove the screws.
・ Remove the 4 clips.

4. Headlight assembly removal


1. Remove the headlight assembly from vehicle.
Note:
・ Remove the 4 screws.
2. Remove the connector from the headlight assembly.

1. Screw
2. Clip

3. Front bumper assembly removal


1. Remove the front bumper assembly from vehicle.
Note:
・ Remove the 10 clips.

1. Headlight assembly
9A-6 Lighting Systems (All models)

inspection 3. Center line

1. Headlight assembly adjustment Note:


1. Inspect the headlight assembly with the headlight ・ Place the vehicle 1 m (3.28 ft) away from the
tester. screen.
・ Draw a line on the screen that is at the same
Note: height as the center point of the headlight.
・ After inspecting the headlight assembly using
the headlight tester, make adjustments.
・ To adjust the optical axis, it should be
performed after initializing the vehicle height
value in the auto leveling control unit.
・ Inspect the tire air pressure and contamination
on the headlight lens.
・ Set the vehicle to the vehicle conditions at the
time of inspection.
・ Project the center points (bulb center marks)
(A) and (B) of the left and right headlights on
the screen and draw vertical lines.

1. Screen
2. Vehicle

Note:
・ Turn on the headlights and set them to the low
beam.
・ Cover the other headlight which is not being
adjusted with a black cloth, etc.
・ Align the bending point with the vertical line in
the horizontal adjustment, and set the light-
dark boundary line from the horizontal line to
the value in the following table in the vertical
1. Screen adjustment.
2. Vehicle

Leftward/
Downward
Rightward
Bending point
Bending point
alignment
alignment
Height of the light
L = 12mm
is less than 1 m 0
(0.47in)
(3.28 ft)
Lighting Systems (All models) 9A-7

Note:
・ Vertical adjustment
Turn the adjusting screw using a screwdriver
to adjust the vertical direction of the optical
axis.

Note:
・ Horizontal adjustment
Turn the adjusting screw using a screwdriver
to adjust the horizontal direction of the optical
axis.
9A-8 Lighting Systems (All models)

installation 1. Install the radiator grille to vehicle.


Note:
1. Headlight assembly installation
・ Put the claw of the radiator grille in the
1. Install the headlight assembly to vehicle. installation hole of the front bumper shown in
Note: the diagram.
・ Install the clip of the headlight assembly.
Install one more connector if the vehicle has
the leveling function.
・ Fix the headlight assembly with 4 bolts.
Tightening torque: 8 N・m { 0.8 kgf・m / 71 lb・in }

1. Radiator grille

Note:
・ Install the 4 clips.
・ Install the screws.

1. Headlight assembly

2. Front bumper assembly installation


1. Install the front bumper assembly to vehicle.
Note:
・ Install the 10 clips.

1. Screw
2. Clip

4. Battery ground cable connect


1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
Note:
・ Confirm that the light turns on.
3. Radiator grille installation
Lighting Systems (All models) 9A-9

Fog light bulb

removal
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. Radiator grille removal
1. Remove the radiator grille from vehicle.
Note:
・ Remove the screws.
・ Remove the 4 clips.

4. Fog light bulb removal


1. Remove the fog light bulb from the fog light.
Caution:
・ Do not touch the glass part of the fog light bulb
directly by hand.

1. Screw
2. Clip

3. Front bumper assembly removal


1. Remove the front bumper assembly from vehicle.
Note:
・ Remove the 10 clips.

1. Connector
2. Fog light assembly
3. Fog light bulb
9A-10 Lighting Systems (All models)

inspection
1. Fog light bulb adjustment
Note:
・ Make adjustments in the vertical direction.
Rotate the screw to adjust with a screwdriver,
and adjust the fog light in the vertical direction.
Lighting Systems (All models) 9A-11

installation Note:
・ Put the claw of the radiator grille in the
1. Fog light bulb installation installation hole of the front bumper shown in
1. Install the fog light bulb to the fog light. the diagram.
2. Install the harness connector to the fog light.

1. Radiator grille
1. Harness connector Note:
2. Fog light assembly ・ Install the 4 clips.
3. Fog light bulb
・ Install the screws.
2. Front bumper assembly installation
1. Install the front bumper assembly to vehicle.
Note:
・ Install the 10 clips.

1. Screw
2. Clip

4. Battery ground cable connect


1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
3. Radiator grille installation Note:
1. Install the radiator grille to vehicle. ・ Confirm that the light turns on.
9A-12 Lighting Systems (All models)

Side turn signal light bulb

removal
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. Side turn signal light bulb removal
1. Remove the side turn signal light bulb from the bulb
socket.
Note:
・ Turn the side turn signal light bulb socket to
remove it, and then remove the bulb from the
socket.
Lighting Systems (All models) 9A-13

installation
1. Side turn signal light bulb installation
1. Install the side turn signal light bulb to the bulb
socket.
Note:
・ Install the bulb to the socket, and then install
the side turn signal light bulb socket by rotating
it.

2. Side turn signal light assembly installation


1. Install the side turn signal light assembly to the door
assembly.
3. Battery ground cable connect
1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
Note:
・ Confirm that the light turns on.
9A-14 Lighting Systems (All models)

Combination switch assembly

inspection Note:
・ Operate each switch to inspect the continuity
1. Combination switch assembly inspection between the terminals.
1. Inspect the combination switch assembly using the
circuit tester.

Note:
・ INT (Connector A)
Lighting Systems (All models) 9A-15

Note:
・ V/INT (Connector A)
9A-16 Lighting Systems (All models)

Note:
・ Connector A
Lighting Systems (All models) 9A-17

Note:
・ Connector D
9A-18 Lighting Systems (All models)
Lighting Systems (All models) 9A-19

Door switch

removal
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. Door switch removal
1. Remove the door switch from vehicle.
Note:
・ Open the cover with a flat-blade screwdriver,
etc. and remove the screw.
・ Pull out the door switch and remove the
harness connector.

1. Door switch
2. Screw
9A-20 Lighting Systems (All models)

inspection Note:
・ Operate the switch to inspect the continuity
1. Door switch inspection between the terminals.
1. Inspect the door switch using the circuit tester.

Switch operation Terminal (1) Ground


When pressed ― ―
When released ○ ○
Note:
・ Confirm that continuity exists while the switch
is not pressed down.
・ If any abnormality is found in the inspection
result, replace the relevant part with a normal
one.
Lighting Systems (All models) 9A-21

installation
1. Door switch installation
1. Install the door switch to vehicle.
Note:
・ Install the harness connector to the door
switch.
・ Install the screw and close the cover.

1. Door switch
2. Screw

2. Battery ground cable connect


1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
Note:
・ Confirm that the door open warning light in the
meter turns off when the door is closed.
9A-22 Lighting Systems (All models)

Halogen headlight bulb

removal
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. Halogen headlight bulb removal
1. Remove the headlight assembly from vehicle.
2. Remove the dust cover from the headlight assembly.
3. Remove the clip from the headlight assembly.
4. Remove the headlight bulb from the headlight
assembly.

1. Clip
2. Headlight bulb
3. Dust cover
Lighting Systems (All models) 9A-23

installation
1. Halogen headlight bulb installation
1. Install the headlight bulb to the headlight assembly.
Note:
・ Set the headlight bulb.
・ Hook the clip to fix the headlight bulb.
2. Install the dust cover to the headlight assembly.
Caution:
・ Do not touch the glass part of the headlight
bulb directly by hand.

1. Clip
2. Headlight bulb
3. Dust cover

2. Battery ground cable connect


1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
Note:
・ Confirm that the light turns on.
9A-24 Lighting Systems (All models)

Clearance light bulb

removal
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. Clearance light bulb removal
1. Remove the clearance light bulb from the bulb
socket.
Note:
・ Remove the clearance light bulb from the
headlight assembly.
・ Vehicles equipped with halogen headlights

1. Connector
2. Clearance light bulb
3. Clearance light bulb socket

1. Connector
2. Clearance light bulb
3. Clearance light bulb socket

Note:
・ Vehicles equipped with projector headlights
Lighting Systems (All models) 9A-25

installation 1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.


Note:
1. Clearance light bulb installation
・ Confirm that the light turns on.
1. Install the clearance light bulb to the bulb socket.
Note:
・ Install the clearance light bulb to the headlight
assembly.
・ Vehicles equipped with halogen headlights

1. Connector
2. Clearance light bulb
3. Clearance light bulb socket

Note:
・ Vehicles equipped with projector headlights

1. Connector
2. Clearance light bulb
3. Clearance light bulb socket

2. Battery ground cable connect


9A-26 Lighting Systems (All models)

Tail stoplight bulb

removal
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. Tail stoplight bulb removal
1. Remove the tail stoplight bulb from the rear
combination light assembly.
Note:
・ Remove the screw to remove the lens.
・ Remove the tail stoplight bulb by turning it to
the left while pressing it down.
・ Without cargo bed specification

1. Tail stoplight bulb (LED specification)


2. Turn signal light bulb
3. Backup light bulb

1. Tail stoplight bulb


2. Turn signal light bulb
3. Backup light bulb
4. Lens

Note:
・ Deluxe specification
Lighting Systems (All models) 9A-27

installation 2. Turn signal light bulb


3. Backup light bulb
1. Tail stoplight bulb installation
2. Battery ground cable connect
1. Install the tail stoplight bulb to the rear combination
light assembly. 1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
Note: Note:
・ Install the tail stoplight bulb by turning it to the ・ Confirm that the light turns on.
right while pressing it down.
・ Install the lens with the screw.
・ Without cargo bed specification

1. Tail stoplight bulb


2. Turn signal light bulb
3. Backup light bulb
4. Lens

Note:
・ Deluxe specification

1. Tail stoplight bulb (LED specification)


9A-28 Lighting Systems (All models)

License plate light bulb

removal
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. License plate light bulb removal
1. Remove the license plate light bulb from the license
plate light assembly.
Note:
・ Remove the cover.
・ Turn the socket, and remove the lens.
・ Remove the bulb by turning it to the left while
pressing it down.
Lighting Systems (All models) 9A-29

installation
1. License plate light bulb installation
1. Install the license plate light bulb to the license plate
light assembly.
Note:
・ Install the bulb by turning it to the right while
pressing it down.
・ Turn the socket, and install the lens.
・ Install the cover.

2. Battery ground cable connect


1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
Note:
・ Confirm that the light turns on.
9A-30 Lighting Systems (All models)

Backup light bulb

removal
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. Backup light bulb removal
1. Remove the backup light bulb from the rear
combination light assembly.
Note:
・ Remove the backup light bulb by turning it to
the left while pressing it down.
・ Remove the screw to remove the lens.
・ Without cargo bed specification

1. Tail stoplight bulb (LED specification)


2. Turn signal light bulb
3. Backup light bulb

1. Tail stoplight bulb


2. Turn signal light bulb
3. Backup light bulb

Note:
・ Deluxe specification
Lighting Systems (All models) 9A-31

installation 3. Backup light bulb

1. Backup light bulb installation 2. Battery ground cable connect


1. Install the backup light bulb to the rear combination 1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
light assembly. Note:
Note: ・ Confirm that the light turns on.
・ Install the backup light bulb by turning it to the
right while pressing it down.
・ Install the lens with the screw.
・ Without cargo bed specification

1. Tail stoplight bulb


2. Turn signal light bulb
3. Backup light bulb

Note:
・ Deluxe specification

1. Tail stoplight bulb (LED specification)


2. Turn signal light bulb
9A-32 Lighting Systems (All models)

Dome light bulb

removal
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. Dome light bulb removal
1. Remove the dome light bulb from vehicle.
2. Remove the lens from the dome light.
3. Remove the dome light bulb from the dome light.

1. Dome light bulb


2. Lens
Lighting Systems (All models) 9A-33

installation
1. Dome light bulb installation
1. Install the dome light bulb to vehicle.
2. Install the dome light bulb to the dome light.
3. Install the lens to the dome light.

1. Dome light bulb


2. Lens

2. Battery ground cable connect


1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
Note:
・ Confirm that the light turns on.
9A-34 Lighting Systems (All models)

Key reminder switch

removal
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. Driver air bag assembly removal
Note:
・ Confirm the holes on the both sides of the
steering cover.

1. Remove the driver air bag assembly from the


steering wheel.
2. Disconnect the connector from the driver air bag
assembly.
Note:
・ Disconnect the airbag connector.
・ Disconnect the horn connector.

Note:
・ Confirm the lever position in the hole in the
following illustration.

1. Airbag connector
2. Horn connector

Warning:
・ Keep the airbag assembly away from your
Note: body when carrying it.
・ Insert a bar of diameter 6 mm {0.24 in} to ・ When putting down an undeployed airbag
remove the driver airbag assembly from the assembly, make sure to face the trim cover
lever. upward.
Lighting Systems (All models) 9A-35

・ Place the trim cover upward on a flat surface.


・ Failure to follow this procedure may result in
personal injury.

1. Key cylinder
2. Steering lock assembly
3. Steering lock bracket
4. Shear bolt
3. Steering cowl removal
Caution:
1. Remove the steering cowl from the steering column.
・ Be careful not to touch and damage the
antenna coil portion of the ICU.
5. Key reminder switch removal
1. Remove the key reminder switch from the steering
lock assembly.

1. Steering cowl upper


2. Steering cowl lower

4. Steering lock assembly removal


1. Remove the steering lock assembly from the steering
shaft assembly. 1. Key reminder switch
Note:
・ As a shear bolt (of a type with a head that can
be twisted off after it is tightened) is used
as the tightening bolt, use an extractor,
reverse tap, etc. to remove it.
9A-36 Lighting Systems (All models)

inspection
1. Key reminder switch inspection
1. Inspect the key reminder switch using the circuit
tester.
Note:
・ Inspect whether continuity exists when the key
is inserted with the key cylinder placed in the
"LOCK" position.
・ If any abnormality is found in the inspection
result, replace the relevant part with a normal
one.
Lighting Systems (All models) 9A-37

installation Caution:
・ The shear bolt should be tightened until the
1. Key reminder switch installation head is twisted off.
1. Install the key reminder switch to the steering lock 3. Steering cowl installation
assembly.
1. Install the steering cowl to the steering column.
Caution:
・ When installing the steering cowl, be careful
not to pinch the harness by the cowl.

1. Key reminder switch

Caution:
・ Be careful not to touch and damage the
antenna coil area of the immobilizer control
1. Steering cowl upper
unit.
2. Steering cowl lower
2. Steering lock assembly installation
4. Driver air bag assembly installation
1. Install the steering lock assembly to the steering
shaft assembly. 1. Install the connector to the driver air bag assembly.
Note:
・ Connect the airbag connector.
・ Connect the horn connector.

1. Key cylinder
2. Steering lock assembly
3. Steering lock assembly bracket
4. Shear bolt
1. Airbag connector
9A-38 Lighting Systems (All models)
2. Horn connector

2. Install the driver air bag assembly to the steering


wheel.
5. Battery ground cable connect
1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
Lighting Systems (All models) 9A-39

Projector headlight high beam bulb

removal
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. Projector headlight high beam bulb removal
1. Remove the projector headlight high beam bulb from
the headlight assembly.
Note:
・ Press the tab, and remove the connector.

1. Projector headlight high beam bulb


2. Connector
3. Tab
9A-40 Lighting Systems (All models)

installation
1. Projector headlight high beam bulb installation
1. Install the projector headlight high beam bulb to the
headlight assembly.
Note:
・ Set the projector headlight high beam bulb.
2. Install the projector headlight high beam bulb to the
connector.
Caution:
・ Do not touch the glass part of the headlight
bulb directly by hand.

1. Projector headlight high beam bulb


2. Connector
3. Tab

2. Battery ground cable connect


1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
Note:
・ Confirm that the light turns on.
Lighting Systems (All models) 9A-41

Projector headlight low beam bulb

removal
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. Projector headlight low beam bulb removal
1. Remove the projector headlight low beam bulb from
the headlight assembly.
Note:
・ Press the tab, and remove the connector.

1. Projector headlight low beam bulb


2. Connector
3. Tab
9A-42 Lighting Systems (All models)

installation
1. Projector headlight low beam bulb installation
1. Install the projector headlight low beam bulb to the
headlight assembly.
Note:
・ Set the projector headlight low beam bulb.
2. Install the projector headlight low beam bulb to the
connector.
Caution:
・ Do not touch the glass part of the headlight
bulb directly by hand.

1. Projector headlight low beam bulb


2. Connector
3. Tab

2. Battery ground cable connect


1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
Note:
・ Confirm that the light turns on.
Lighting Systems (All models) 9A-43

Front turn signal light bulb

removal 1. Front turn signal light bulb socket


2. Front turn signal light bulb socket
1. Battery ground cable disconnect 3. Front turn signal light bulb
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. Front turn signal light bulb removal
1. Remove the front turn signal light bulb from the bulb
socket.
Note:
・ Vehicles equipped with halogen headlights

1. Front turn signal light bulb socket


2. Front turn signal light bulb socket
3. Front turn signal light bulb

Note:
・ Vehicles equipped with projector headlights
9A-44 Lighting Systems (All models)

installation 2. Battery ground cable connect


1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
1. Front turn signal light bulb installation
Note:
1. Install the front turn signal light bulb to the socket.
・ Confirm that the light turns on.
2. Install the front turn signal light bulb soket to the
connector.
Note:
・ Vehicles equipped with halogen headlights

1. Front turn signal light bulb socket


2. Front turn signal light bulb socket
3. Front turn signal light bulb

Note:
・ Vehicles equipped with projector headlights

1. Front turn signal light bulb socket


2. Front turn signal light bulb socket
3. Front turn signal light bulb
Lighting Systems (All models) 9A-45

Map light bulb

removal
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. Map light bulb removal
1. Remove the map light bulb from vehicle.
2. Remove the lens from the map light.
3. Remove the map light bulb from the socket.

1. Map light bulb


2. Lens
9A-46 Lighting Systems (All models)

installation
1. Map light bulb installation
1. Install the map light bulb to vehicle.
2. Install the map light bulb to the socket.
3. Install the lens to the map light.

1. Map light bulb


2. Lens

2. Battery ground cable connect


1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
Note:
・ Confirm that the light turns on.
Lighting Systems (All models) 9A-47

High mounted stop light bulb

removal
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. High mounted stop light bulb removal
1. Remove the high mounted stop light bulb from
vehicle.
2. Remove the screw from the lens.
Note:
・ Pull up the high-mount stoplight to remove it.
3. Remove the high mounted stop light bulb from the
high mounted stop light bulb.

1. Screw
9A-48 Lighting Systems (All models)

installation
1. High mounted stop light bulb installation
1. Install the high mounted stop light bulb to the high
mounted stop light bulb.
2. Install the high mounted stop light bulb to the case.
3. Install the high mounted stop light bulb to vehicle.
4. Install the screw to the lens.

1. Screw

2. Battery ground cable connect


1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
Note:
・ Confirm that the light turns on.
Wiper, Washer Systems (All models) 9B-1

Body, Cab, Accessories


Wiper, Washer Systems
(All models)
Table of Contents
Wiper arm........................................................................9B-2
removal.......................................................................9B-2
installation...................................................................9B-3
Wiper blade rubber..........................................................9B-4
removal.......................................................................9B-4
installation...................................................................9B-5
Washer motor..................................................................9B-6
removal.......................................................................9B-6
inspection....................................................................9B-8
installation...................................................................9B-9
Washer nozzle...............................................................9B-11
removal.....................................................................9B-11
inspection..................................................................9B-12
installation.................................................................9B-13
Wiper motor..................................................................9B-14
removal.....................................................................9B-14
installation.................................................................9B-15
Wiper linkage................................................................9B-16
removal.....................................................................9B-16
installation.................................................................9B-17
9B-2 Wiper, Washer Systems (All models)

Wiper arm

removal
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. Wiper arm cover removal
1. Remove the wiper arm cover from the wiper arm.
3. Wiper arm removal
1. Remove the wiper arm from vehicle.
Note:
・ Remove the nut to remove the wiper arm and
the blade.

1. Wiper arm cover


2. Nut
3. Wiper arm, blade
Wiper, Washer Systems (All models) 9B-3

installation
1. Wiper arm installation
1. Install the wiper arm to vehicle.
Caution:
・ Confirm that the wiper motor is stopped
at the auto stop position.

1. 29 mm (1.14 in)
2. 36.5 - 51.5 mm (1.44 - 2.03 in)
3. 18 mm (0.71 in)

Tightening torque: 31.0 N・m { 3.2 kgf・m / 22.9 lb・


ft }
2. Wiper arm cover installation
1. Install the wiper arm cover to the wiper arm.
3. Battery ground cable connect
1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
9B-4 Wiper, Washer Systems (All models)

Wiper blade rubber

removal Caution:
・ When the wiper blade is removed, cover the
1. Wiper blade removal tip of the wiper arm with a cloth to prevent the
1. Remove the wiper blade from the wiper arm. glass from being damaged.
Note: 2. Wiper blade rubber removal
・ Set the wiper arm vertically. 1. Remove the wiper blade rubber from the wiper
・ Remove the wiper blade downward direction blade.
toward the wiper arm (toward the root of the Note:
arm), while pressing the hook.
・ Pull the wiper rubber in the direction of the
arrow, and remove it from the wiper blade.

1. Wiper blade
2. Hook
3. Wiper arm

1. First
2. Second
Wiper, Washer Systems (All models) 9B-5

installation
1. Wiper blade rubber installation
1. Install the wiper blade rubber to the wiper blade.

Note:
・ Press the wiper rubber until the hook of the
wiper blade fits into the hole of the wiper
rubber.
・ Confirm that the wiper blade is securely fitted
into the wiper rubber.
2. Wiper blade installation
1. Install the wiper blade to the wiper arm.

Note:
・ Place the wiper arm upright to install the wiper
blade.
・ Inspect that the wiper blade lock is secure.
9B-6 Wiper, Washer Systems (All models)

Washer motor

removal
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. Washer hose disconnect
1. Disconnect the washer hose from the wiper motor.
Caution:
・ Drain the washer fluid from the washer tank.
Note:
・ Remove the connector from the washer motor.

4. Mudguard removal
1. Remove the mud guard from the front fender panel.
5. Inner liner removal
1. Remove the inner liner from the front fender panel.
Note:
・ Remove the fixing screw.

1. Washer motor
2. Washer tank
3. Washer motor connector

3. Radiator grille removal


1. Remove the radiator grille from vehicle.
Note:
・ Remove the screws.
・ Remove the 4 clips.

6. Tank joint horse disconnect


1. Remove the bolt from the tank joint horse.
2. Disconnect the tank joint horse from the washer
tank.
Note:
・ Turn the tank joint hose in the direction of the
arrow.
Wiper, Washer Systems (All models) 9B-7
Note:
・ Remove the clip band, and then remove the
washer motor.

1. Tank joint hose


2. Bolt

7. Washer tank removal


1. Washer motor
1. Remove the bolt from the washer tank.
2. Remove the washer tank from vehicle.
Note:
・ Remove the top and bottom tabs by tilting the
washer tank, and remove the washer tank
from the vehicle.

1. Upper side tab


2. Washer tank
3. Bolt
4. Lower side tab

8. Washer motor removal


1. Remove the washer motor from the washer tank.
9B-8 Wiper, Washer Systems (All models)

inspection
1. Washer motor inspection
1. Inspect the washer motor using the battery.
Note:
・ Connect the battery to the terminal of the
washer motor.
・ Inspect whether the washer fluid is injected.
・ If a problem is found, repair or replace as
necessary.

1. Positive terminal
2. Negative terminal
Wiper, Washer Systems (All models) 9B-9

installation
1. Washer motor installation
1. Install the washer motor to the washer tank.
Note:
・ Replace the grommet with a new one, and set
it to the washer tank side.
・ Insert the water supply port of the motor into
the grommet.
・ Secure the washer motor to the washer tank
with a clip band.

1. Upper side tab


2. Washer tank
3. Bolt
4. Lower side tab

3. Tank joint horse connect


1. Connect the tank joint horse to the washer tank.
Note:
・ Install the bolt to the tank joint hose.
Tightening torque: 5.9 N・m { 0.6 kgf・m / 52 lb・in }

1. Washer motor

2. Washer tank installation


1. Install the washer tank to vehicle.
Note:
・ Connect the connector to the washer motor.
Tightening torque: 6.5 N・m { 0.7 kgf・m / 58 lb・in }

1. Tank joint hose


2. Bolt

4. Inner liner installation


1. Install the inner liner to the front fender panel.
Note:
・ Install the fixing screw.
9B-10 Wiper, Washer Systems (All models)

5. Mudguard installation 1. Washer motor


2. Washer tank
1. Install the mud guard to the front fender panel.
3. Washer motor connector
6. Radiator grille installation
8. Battery ground cable connect
1. Install the radiator grille to vehicle.
1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
Note:
・ Put the claw of the radiator grille in the
installation hole of the front bumper shown in
the diagram.

7. Washer hose connect


1. Connect the washer hose to the washer motor.
Note:
・ Firmly insert and connect the washer hose to
the water supply port of the washer motor.
・ Connect the connector to the washer motor.
Wiper, Washer Systems (All models) 9B-11

Washer nozzle

removal
1. Washer nozzle removal
1. Remove the washer nozzle from the cowl cover.

1. Washer nozzle
2. Cowl cover
9B-12 Wiper, Washer Systems (All models)

inspection
1. Washer nozzle inspection
1. Inspect the washer nozzle.
Note:
・ Check if the washer nozzle port is not clogged.
・ If a problem is found, repair or replace as
necessary.
Wiper, Washer Systems (All models) 9B-13

installation
1. Washer nozzle installation
1. Install the washer nozzle to the cowl cover.
Note:
・ Check the spray position of the washer fluid.

1. 190 mm (7.48 in)


2. 380 mm (14.96 in)
3. 115 mm (4.53 in)
4. 235 mm (9.25 in)
9B-14 Wiper, Washer Systems (All models)

Wiper motor

removal
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. Wiper arm cover removal
1. Remove the wiper arm cover from the wiper arm.
3. Wiper arm removal
1. Remove the wiper arm from vehicle.
Note:
・ Remove the nut to remove the wiper arm and
the blade.

1. Nut
2. Bolt

6. Wiper motor removal


1. Remove the wiper motor from the wiper linkage.

1. Wiper arm cover


2. Nut
3. Wiper arm, blade

4. Cowl cover removal


1. Remove the cowl cover from the body.
5. Wiper linkage disconnect
1. Disconnect the wiper linkage from vehicle.
Note: 1. Bolt
2. Wiper motor
・ Remove the bolt and the nut from the wiper
linkage.
・ Remove the connector from the wiper motor.
Wiper, Washer Systems (All models) 9B-15

installation 4. Wiper arm installation


1. Install the wiper arm to vehicle.
1. Wiper motor installation
Caution:
1. Install the wiper motor to the wiper linkage.
・ Confirm that the wiper motor is stopped
at the auto stop position.

1. Bolt
2. Wiper motor
1. 29 mm (1.14 in)
2. Wiper linkage connect 2. 36.5 - 51.5 mm (1.44 - 2.03 in)
3. 18 mm (0.71 in)
1. Connect the wiper linkage to vehicle.
Tightening torque: 31.0 N・m { 3.2 kgf・m / 22.9 lb・
ft }
5. Battery ground cable connect
1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.

1. Nut
2. Bolt

Tightening torque: 5.3 N・m { 0.5 kgf・m / 46 lb・in }


Note:
・ Connect the connector to the wiper motor.
3. Cowl cover installation
1. Install the cowl cover to the body.
9B-16 Wiper, Washer Systems (All models)

Wiper linkage

removal
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. Wiper arm cover removal
1. Remove the wiper arm cover from the wiper arm.
3. Wiper arm removal
1. Remove the wiper arm from vehicle.
Note:
・ Remove the nut to remove the wiper arm and
the blade.

1. Nut
2. Bolt

1. Wiper arm cover


2. Nut
3. Wiper arm, blade

4. Cowl cover removal


1. Remove the cowl cover from the body.
5. Wiper linkage disconnect
1. Disconnect the wiper linkage from vehicle.
Note:
・ Remove the bolt and the nut from the wiper
linkage.
・ Remove the connector from the wiper motor.
Wiper, Washer Systems (All models) 9B-17

installation 1. 29 mm (1.14 in)


2. 36.5 - 51.5 mm (1.44 - 2.03 in)
1. Wiper linkage connect 3. 18 mm (0.71 in)
1. Connect the wiper linkage to vehicle. Tightening torque: 31.0 N・m { 3.2 kgf・m / 22.9 lb・
ft }
4. Wiper arm cover installation
1. Install the wiper arm cover to the wiper arm.
5. Battery ground cable connect
1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.

1. Nut
2. Bolt

Tightening torque: 5.3 N・m { 0.5 kgf・m / 46 lb・in }


Note:
・ Connect the connector to the wiper motor.
2. Cowl cover installation
1. Install the cowl cover to the body.
3. Wiper arm installation
1. Install the wiper arm to vehicle.
Caution:
・ Confirm that the wiper motor is stopped
at the auto stop position.
Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models) 9C-1

Body, Cab, Accessories


Electrical Control, Entertainment
(All models)
Table of Contents
Cigarette lighter assembly...............................................9C-2 installation.................................................................9C-35
removal.......................................................................9C-2 Rear door speaker..........................................................9C-36
installation...................................................................9C-3 removal.....................................................................9C-36
Door speaker....................................................................9C-4 inspection..................................................................9C-38
removal.......................................................................9C-4 installation.................................................................9C-39
inspection....................................................................9C-6 Accessory socket ..........................................................9C-41
installation...................................................................9C-7 removal.....................................................................9C-41
Antenna...........................................................................9C-9 installation.................................................................9C-42
removal.......................................................................9C-9 CD/DVD tuner..............................................................9C-43
inspection..................................................................9C-10 removal.....................................................................9C-43
installation.................................................................9C-11 installation.................................................................9C-44
Hazard switch................................................................9C-12 Remote control mirror switch........................................9C-45
removal.....................................................................9C-12 removal.....................................................................9C-45
inspection..................................................................9C-13 inspection..................................................................9C-47
installation.................................................................9C-14 installation.................................................................9C-48
Radio.............................................................................9C-15 Parking brake switch.....................................................9C-50
removal.....................................................................9C-15 removal.....................................................................9C-50
installation.................................................................9C-16 inspection..................................................................9C-51
Horn switch...................................................................9C-17 installation.................................................................9C-52
removal.....................................................................9C-17 Ignition switch...............................................................9C-53
inspection..................................................................9C-18 removal.....................................................................9C-53
installation.................................................................9C-19 installation.................................................................9C-58
Horn(HIGH)..................................................................9C-20 Combination switch assembly.......................................9C-61
removal.....................................................................9C-20 removal.....................................................................9C-61
inspection..................................................................9C-21 installation.................................................................9C-65
installation.................................................................9C-22 ESC off switch...............................................................9C-67
Horn(LOW)...................................................................9C-23 removal.....................................................................9C-67
removal.....................................................................9C-23 inspection..................................................................9C-68
inspection..................................................................9C-24 installation.................................................................9C-69
installation.................................................................9C-25
Front door power window switch..................................9C-26
removal.....................................................................9C-26
inspection..................................................................9C-27
installation.................................................................9C-29
4WD switch...................................................................9C-30
removal.....................................................................9C-30
inspection..................................................................9C-31
installation.................................................................9C-32
Tweeter..........................................................................9C-33
removal.....................................................................9C-33
inspection..................................................................9C-34
9C-2 Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models)

Cigarette lighter assembly

removal
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. Shift console cover removal
1. Remove the shift console cover from the instrument
panel.
Note:
・ Remove the clips at 6 locations, and pull the
shift console cover toward you to remove it.

1. Clip
2. Shift console panel
3. Cigarette lighter assembly

3. Cigarette lighter assembly removal


1. Remove the cigarette lighter assembly from the 1. Mount ring
console cover. 2. Cigarette lighter socket
3. Cigarette lighter assembly
4. Bezel
5. Rib
Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models) 9C-3

installation
1. Cigarette lighter assembly installation
1. Install the cigarette lighter assembly to the shift
console cover.

1. Clip
2. Shift console cover
3. Cigarette lighter assembly

3. Battery ground cable connect


1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.

1. Mount ring
2. Cigarette lighter socket
3. Cigarette lighter assembly
4. Bezel
5. Rib

2. Shift console cover installation


1. Install the shift console cover to the instrument
panel.
Note:
・ Install the shift console cover to the instrument
panel using the clips at 6 locations.
9C-4 Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models)

Door speaker

removal
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. Window regulator handle removal
Note:
・ The following applies to the models without the
power window.
1. Remove the window regulator handle from the front
door.
Note:
・ To remove the window regulator handle,
remove the clip located at the root of the
handle using a wire.

1. Door pull case


2. Screw

5. Front door trim panel removal


1. Remove the front door trim panel from the front
door.
Note:
・ Open the cover and remove the screw.
・ Pull out the clips at 9 locations on the front
door trim panel.

1. Regulator handle
2. Clip
3. Washer

3. Power window switch removal


Note:
・ The following applies to the models with the
power window.
1. Disconnect the harness connector from the power
window switch.
4. Door pull case removal
1. Clip positions
1. Remove the door pull case from the front door.
2. Screw
Note:
6. Door mirror assembly removal
・ Open the cover and remove the screw.
1. Remove the door mirror assembly from the front
door.
Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models) 9C-5
Note:
・ Remove the 3 fixing bolts, and disconnect the
connector.

1. Bolt
2. Connector

7. Outer waist seal removal


1. Remove the outer waist seal from the front door.
8. Bracket removal
1. Remove the bracket from the front door.
Note:
・ Remove the 2 screws.
9. Door speaker removal
1. Remove the door speaker from the door assembly.

1. Door speaker
2. Screw
3. Clip
9C-6 Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models)

inspection
1. Door speaker inspection
1. Inspect the door speaker using the circuit tester.
Note:
・ Confirm that the resistance value is 4 Ω.
2. Inspect the door speaker.
Note:
・ Confirm that the cone paper has no
abnormality such as breakage.
Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models) 9C-7

installation
1. Door speaker installation
1. Install the door speaker to the door assembly.

1. Bolt
2. Connector

5. Front door trim panel installation


1. Install the front door trim panel to the front door.
1. Door speaker
2. Screw Note:
3. Clip ・ Install the clips on 9 locations on the front door
trim panel.
2. Bracket installation
・ Install the screws and close the cover.
1. Install the bracket to the front door.
Note:
・ Install the 2 screws.
3. Outer waist seal installation
1. Install the outer waist seal to the front door.
4. Door mirror assembly installation
1. Install the door mirror assembly to the front door.
Note:
・ Connect the connector, and install the 3 fixing
bolts.

1. Clip positions
2. Screw

6. Door pull case installation


1. Install the door pull case to the front door.
Note:
・ Install the screws and close the cover.
9C-8 Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models)

1. Door pull case 1. 45°


2. Screw
9. Battery ground cable connect
7. Power window switch installation
1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
Note:
・ The following applies to the models with the
power window.
1. Connect the harness connector to the power window
switch.
8. Window regulator handle installation
Note:
・ The following applies to the models without the
power window.
1. Install the window regulator handle to the front door.
Note:
・ When closing the front door glass, install the
window regulator handle as shown in the
diagram.
Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models) 9C-9

Antenna

removal
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. Antenna removal
1. Remove the antenna from the front pillar.
Note:
・ Remove the 2 screws and the feeder cable
connector.
・ Remove the antenna by shifting toward the
lower side.

1. Antenna
2. Nut

1. Antenna
2. Screw
3. Feeder cable connector

Note:
・ Remove the nut and the feeder cable
connector.
9C-10 Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models)

inspection ・ When there is continuity or no continuity, some


of the antenna and the relay feeder
1. Antenna inspection connections have capacitors in them, so it
1. Inspect the antenna using the circuit tester. cannot be inspected by measuring the
resistance. Check the sound by temporarily
Note: connecting it to a radio.
・ Set the circuit tester to the 1 Ω resistance ・ The antenna pole generally has a few sections
range, and measure the following 3 points on that expand and contract. If the connection of
the antenna. the power receiving metal gets rusted,
・ The metal in the section 1 is connected to the continuity will be impaired and so will be the
pole section 3 at the tip of the antenna through sensitivity. Care should be taken to protect
the core wire of the feed line. these sections from rust.
・ For the metal portion in the section 2, the core
wire is shielded inside the feed line and
grounded to the body with the screw 4 in the
bracket section to prevent noises on the core
wire.

1. Core wire metal


2. Winding metal
3. Antenna pole
4. Antenna body

Note:
・ Between 1 and 2
・ When there is no continuity or the meter gauge
needle does not move, there is nothing wrong.
・ When there is continuity, the feed line is
pinched and the core wire is shorted to the
ground, the sensitivity is reduced.
・ Between 2 and 4
・ When continuity exists or the meter reads "0
Ω", there is no abnormality.
・ When there is no continuity, the shielded part
of the core wire is open or improper body
ground exists in the screw section, noise is
mixed.
・ Between 1 and 3
Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models) 9C-11

installation
1. Antenna installation
1. Install the antenna to the center pillar.
Note:
・ The pulling work can be easily done by using
the lead wire run through in the removal
procedure.
2. Battery ground cable connect
1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
9C-12 Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models)

Hazard switch

removal
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. Center cluster removal
1. Remove the center cluster from the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Pull out the center cluster, and then remove it.
・ Remove the 2 screws, and remove the center
lid cover or the tray.
3. Hazard switch removal
1. Remove the hazard switch from the center cluster.
Note:
・ Disconnect the connector.
Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models) 9C-13

inspection
1. Hazard switch inspection
1. Inspect the hazard switch using the circuit tester.
Note:
・ Operate the switch to inspect the continuity
between the terminals.
9C-14 Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models)

installation
1. Hazard switch installation
1. Install the hazard switch to the center cluster.
Note:
・ Connect the connector.
2. Center cluster installation
1. Install the center cluster to the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Install the 2 screws and install the center lid
cover or the tray.
・ Put the center cluster in and install it.
3. Battery ground cable connect
1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models) 9C-15

Radio

removal Note:
・ Pull out the center cluster, and then remove it.
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
・ Remove the 2 screws, and remove the center
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery. lid cover or the tray.
2. Center cluster removal 3. Radio removal
1. Remove the center cluster from the instrument panel. 1. Remove the radio from the instrument panel.

1. Radio 3. Screw
2. Screw

Note:
・ Remove the 4 screws.
・ Remove the 4 screws.
・ Remove the connector.
・ Remove the antenna feeder plug.
9C-16 Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models)

installation 1. Install the radio to the instrument panel.

1. Radio installation

1. Radio 3. Screw
2. Screw

2. Center cluster installation


1. Install the center cluster to the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Install the 2 screws and install the center lid
cover or the tray.
・ Put the center cluster in and install it.
3. Battery ground cable connect
1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models) 9C-17

Horn switch

removal
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. Horn switch removal
Note:
・ Confirm the holes located on the both sides of
the steering cover.

1. Remove the horn switch from the steering wheel.


2. Disconnect the connector from the horn switch.
Note:
・ Disconnect the horn connector.

Note:
・ Confirm the lever position in the hole with the
illustration below.

Note:
・ Insert a bar with 6 mm {0.24 in} diameter to
remove the horn switch form the lever.
9C-18 Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models)

inspection
1. Horn switch inspection
1. Inspect the horn switch using the circuit tester.
Note:
・ Confirm that there is continuity between the
horn switch terminal and contact plate when
the contact plate is depressed.

1. Horn switch terminal


2. Contact plate
Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models) 9C-19

installation
1. Horn switch installation
1. Install the connector to the horn switch.
Note:
・ Connect the horn connector.
2. Install the horn switch to the steering wheel.
2. Battery ground cable connect
1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
Note:
・ Check whether the horn sounds.
9C-20 Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models)

Horn(HIGH)

removal
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. Radiator grille removal
1. Remove the radiator grille from vehicle.
Note:
・ Remove the screws.
・ Remove the 4 clips.

1. Screw
2. Clip

3. Horn(HIGH) removal
1. Remove the horn from the cross member.

1. Horn, high
Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models) 9C-21

inspection
1. Horn(HIGH) inspection
1. Inspect the horn using the battery.

Note:
・ Confirm that the horn sounds when the battery
positive terminal is connected to the horn
terminal, the battery negative terminal is
connected to the bracket, and then the battery
voltage is applied.
・ The battery voltage is 12 V.
9C-22 Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models)

installation
1. Horn(HIGH) installation
1. Install the horn to the cross member.

1. Screw
2. Clip

3. Battery ground cable connect


1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
1. Horn, high

2. Radiator grille installation


1. Install the radiator grille to vehicle.
Note:
・ Put the claw of the radiator grille in the
installation hole of the front bumper shown in
the diagram.

1. Radiator grille

Note:
・ Install the 4 clips.
・ Install the screws.
Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models) 9C-23

Horn(LOW)

removal
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. Radiator grille removal
1. Remove the radiator grille from vehicle.
Note:
・ Remove the screws.
・ Remove the 4 clips.

1. Screw
2. Clip

3. Horn(LOW) removal
1. Remove the horn from the cross member.

1. Horn, low
9C-24 Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models)

inspection
1. Horn(LOW) inspection
1. Inspect the horn using the battery.

Note:
・ Confirm that the horn sounds when the battery
positive terminal is connected to the horn
terminal, the battery negative terminal is
connected to the bracket, and then the battery
voltage is applied.
・ The battery voltage is 12 V.
Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models) 9C-25

installation
1. Horn(LOW) installation
1. Install the horn to the cross member.

1. Screw
2. Clip

3. Battery ground cable connect


1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
1. Horn, low

2. Radiator grille installation


1. Install the radiator grille to vehicle.
Note:
・ Put the claw of the radiator grille in the
installation hole of the front bumper shown in
the diagram.

1. Radiator grille

Note:
・ Install the 4 clips.
・ Install the screws.
9C-26 Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models)

Front door power window switch

removal
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. Front door power window switch removal
1. Remove the front door power window switch from
the front door trim pad.
Note:
・ Release the claws at 2 locations by lifting up
the front part of the switch.
Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models) 9C-27

inspection Note:
・ Operate the switch to measure the voltage
1. Front door power window switch inspection between the terminals.
1. Inspect the front door power window switch using ・ Crew cab
the circuit tester.

Note: Extend cab


・ Regular cab
9C-28 Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models)
Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models) 9C-29

installation
1. Front door power window switch installation
1. Install the front door power window switch to the
front door trim pad.
2. Battery ground cable connect
1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
Note:
・ Check the operation of the switch.
9C-30 Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models)

4WD switch

removal
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. 4WD switch removal
1. Remove the 4WD switch from the center cluster.
Note:
・ Remove the 4 clips, and pull the 4WD switch
toward you to remove it.
・ Disconnect the connector.
Caution:
・ When removing the center cluster, do not
remove it holding the 4WD switch.
Note:
・ Center console specification 1. 4WD switch

1. 4WD switch

Note:
・ Excluding center console specification
Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models) 9C-31

inspection
1. 4WD switch inspection
1. Inspect the 4WD switch using the circuit tester.
Note:
・ Operate the switch to inspect the continuity
between the terminals.
9C-32 Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models)

installation
1. 4WD switch installation
1. Install the 4WD switch to the center cluster.
Note:
・ Install the clips at 4 locations.
・ Center console specification

1. 4WD switch

Note:
・ Excluding center console specification

1. 4WD switch

2. Battery ground cable connect


1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
Note:
・ Check the operation of the switch.
Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models) 9C-33

Tweeter

removal
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. Tweeter removal
1. Remove the tweeter from the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Remove the 2 clips, and pull the speaker grill
toward you to remove it.
・ Remove the 2 screws.
・ Remove the connector.

1. Speaker grille
2. Screw
3. Tweeter
9C-34 Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models)

inspection
1. Tweeter inspection
1. Inspect the tweeter using the circuit tester.

Note:
・ Confirm that the resistance value is 4 Ω.
Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models) 9C-35

installation
1. Tweeter installation
1. Install the tweeter to the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Install the speaker grille to the instrument
panel using the clip.

1. Speaker grille
2. Screw
3. Tweeter

2. Battery ground cable connect


1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
9C-36 Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models)

Rear door speaker

removal
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. Window regulator handle removal
Note:
・ The following applies to the models without the
power window.
1. Remove the window regulator handle from the rear
door.
Note:
・ To remove the window regulator handle,
remove the clip located at the root of the
handle using a wire.

4. Rear door trim panel removal


1. Remove the rear door trim panel from the rear door.
Note:
・ Pull out the clips at 7 locations on the rear
door trim panel.
・ Open the cover with a small-sized flat-blade
screwdriver, etc., taking care not to damage
the rear door trim panel, and remove the
screws.
・ Remove the clip on the rear top of the rear
door trim panel.

1. Regulator handle
2. Clip
3. Washer

3. Power window switch removal


Note:
・ The following applies to the models with the
power window.
1. Remove the power window switch from the rear
door.
Note:
・ Remove the screws.
・ Remove the power window switch, and 1. Screw
disconnect the connector. 2. Clip
3. Clip positions

5. Bracket removal
Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models) 9C-37
1. Remove the bracket from the rear door.
Note:
・ Remove the 2 screws.
6. Rear door speaker removal
1. Remove the rear door speaker from the door
assembly.

1. Door speaker
2. Screw
9C-38 Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models)

inspection
1. Rear door speaker inspection
1. Inspect the door speaker using the circuit tester.
Note:
・ Confirm that the resistance value is 4 Ω.
2. Inspect the door speaker.
Note:
・ Confirm that the cone paper has no
abnormality such as breakage.
Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models) 9C-39

installation
1. Rear door speaker installation
1. Install the rear door speaker to the door assembly.

1. Screw
2. Clip
3. Clip positions

4. Power window switch installation


1. Door speaker Note:
2. Screw
・ The following applies to the models with the
2. Bracket installation power window.
1. Install the bracket to the rear door. 1. Install the power window switch to the rear door.
Note: Note:
・ Install the 2 screws. ・ Connect the connector, and install the power
window switch.
3. Rear door trim panel installation
・ Install the screws.
1. Install the rear door trim panel to the rear door.
Note:
・ Install the clips on 7 locations on the rear door
trim panel.
・ Install the screws and close the cover.
・ Install the clip on the rear top of the rear door
trim panel.

5. Window regulator handle installation


Note:
・ The following applies to the models without the
power window.
9C-40 Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models)
1. Install the window regulator handle to the rear door.
Note:
・ When closing the rear door glass, install the
window regulator handle as shown in the
diagram.

1. 45°

6. Battery ground cable connect


1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models) 9C-41

Accessory socket

removal
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. Accessory socket removal
1. Remove the accessory socket from the instrument
panel.

1. Cover
2. Accessory socket
3. Instrument panel
9C-42 Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models)

installation
1. Accessory socket installation
1. Install the accessory socket to the instrument panel.

1. Cover
2. Accessory socket
3. Instrument panel

2. Battery ground cable connect


1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models) 9C-43

CD/DVD tuner

removal ・ Remove the 2 screws, and remove the center


lid cover or the tray.
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
3. CD/DVD tuner removal
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
1. Remove the CD/DVD tuner from the instrument
2. Center cluster removal panel.
1. Remove the center cluster from the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Pull out the center cluster, and then remove it.

1. Clip 3. Screw
2. CD/DVD tuner
9C-44 Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models)

installation 1. Install the CD/DVD tuner to the instrument panel.

1. CD/DVD tuner installation

1. Clip 3. Screw
2. CD/DVD tuner

2. Center cluster installation


1. Install the center cluster to the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Install the 2 screws and install the center lid
cover or the tray.
・ Put the center cluster in and install it.
3. Battery ground cable connect
1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
Note:
・ Check the operation of the switch.
Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models) 9C-45

Remote control mirror switch

removal
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. Meter cluster removal
1. Remove the meter cluster from the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Pull out 4 clips from the instrument panel.
・ Disconnect the switch connector.

1. Hood lock control lever


2. Control cable
3. Screw

2. Remove the fuel filler lid opener lever from the


instrument panel driver-side lower cover.
Note:
・ Remove the 2 fixing screws.

1. Clip

3. Instrument panel driver-side lower cover removal


1. Remove the hood lock control lever from the
instrument panel driver-side lower cover.
Note:
・ Remove the 2 fixing screws.

1. Fuel filler rid opener lever


2. Fuel filler rid cable
3. Screw

3. Remove the instrument panel driver-side lower cover


from the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Pull out the instrument panel driver side lower
cover.
9C-46 Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models)

・ Disconnect the switch connector.


・ Remove the DLC.

1. Instrument panel driver side lower cover


2. DLC

4. Remote control mirror switch removal


1. Remove the remote control mirror switch from the
instrument panel driver-side lower cover.
Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models) 9C-47

inspection Note:
・ Operate the switch to inspect the continuity
1. Remote control mirror switch inspection between the terminals.
1. Inspect the remote control mirror switch using the
circuit tester.
9C-48 Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models)

installation
1. Remote control mirror switch installation
1. Install the remote control switch to the instrument
panel driver-side lower cover.
2. Instrument panel driver-side lower cover installation
1. Install the instrument panel driver-side lower cover
to the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Connect the switch connector.
・ Install the DLC.

1. Fuel filler rid opener lever


2. Fuel filler rid cable
3. Screw

3. Install the hood lock control lever to the instrument


panel driver-side lower cover.
Note:
・ Install the 2 fixing screws.

1. Instrument panel driver side lower cover


2. DLC

2. Remove the fuel filler lid opener lever from the


instrument panel driver-side lower cover.
Note:
・ Install the 2 fixing screws.

1. Hood lock control lever


2. Control cable
3. Screw

3. Meter cluster installation


1. Install the meter cluster to the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Connect the switch connector.
Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models) 9C-49

1. Clip

4. Battery ground cable connect


1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
Note:
・ Check the operation of the switch.
9C-50 Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models)

Parking brake switch

removal
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. Parking brake switch removal
1. Loosen the adjust nut using a wrench.
2. Remove the screw from the parking brake lever
assembly.
3. Remove the parking brake switch from the parking
brake lever assembly.
Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models) 9C-51

inspection
1. Parking brake switch inspection
1. Inspect the parking brake switch using the circuit
tester.
Note:
・ Check whether there is continuity between the
parking brake switch connector terminals.
・ When the parking brake lever is engaged:
Continuity exists
・ When the parking brake lever is released: No
continuity
・ If any abnormalities are found in the inspection
results, repair or replace it with a normal one.

1. Harness connector

1. Switch terminal

2. Turn ON the ignition switch.


Note:
・ Confirm that the brake warning light illuminates
when the connector terminals at the harness
side are shorted.
・ If an abnormality is found, inspect the harness.
9C-52 Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models)

installation
1. Parking brake switch installation
1. Install the parking brake switch to the parking brake
lever assembly.

1. Parking brake assembly


2. Bolt
3. Equalizer
4. T-end
5. Parking brake cable
6. Adjust screw
7. Parking brake switch
8. Screw

2. Battery ground cable connect


1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
Note:
・ Check the operation of the switch.
Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models) 9C-53

Ignition switch

removal ・ Failure to follow the previously mentioned


precautions may make the center position of
1. Air bag assembly safety information the SRS coil assembly uncertain, which may
Note: result in damage on the SRS coil assembly.
・ Handling of a deployed airbag assembly 3. SRS control unit preparation
Warning: 1. Deactivate the SRS function.
・ When handling the airbag, the safety Note:
precautions must be observed.
・ Turn the ignition switch to LOCK and remove
・ A small amount of sodium hydroxide may be the key.
contained on the surface of a deployed airbag.
・ Remove the SRS fuse from the fuse relay box
・ This is a by-product of the deployment reaction or disconnect the battery ground cable from
and may cause irritation when it contacts with the battery.
skin or eye.
Caution:
・ To handle activated airbag, wear gloves and
safety glasses. ・ Leave it for approximately 15 seconds or
longer.
・ After handling, wash your hands with soap.
4. Driver air bag assembly removal
Note:
・ Handling of an undeployed airbag assembly Note:
・ Confirm the holes on the both sides of the
Warning:
steering cover.
・ When carrying an undeployed airbag, make
sure that the trim cover faces the opposite
direction of your body.
・ When carrying the airbag, never hang the
connector or harness on your hand.
・ When putting down an undeployed airbag,
make sure to face the trim cover upward.
・ Do not place any other item on the steering
wheel with the airbag surface facing
downward.
・ Not following this procedure will result in a fire
or injuries.
Caution:
・ After the airbag is deployed, inspect for
burning due to overheating, melting or other
problems.
・ If the SRS coil assembly is damaged, replace
it. Note:
2. Driver air bag assembly preparation ・ Confirm the lever position in the hole in the
following illustration.
Note:
・ Set the steering wheel so the vehicle tires are
pointing straight forward before removing the
steering wheel.
Caution:
・ Rotate the steering wheel so that the vehicle
wheels are straight, then lock the steering
wheel.
9C-54 Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models)

Note: 1. Airbag connector


・ Insert a bar of diameter 6 mm {0.24 in} to 2. Horn connector
remove the driver airbag assembly from the
Warning:
lever.
・ Keep the airbag assembly away from your
body when carrying it.
・ When putting down an undeployed airbag
assembly, make sure to face the trim cover
upward.
・ Place the trim cover upward on a flat surface.
・ Failure to follow this procedure may result in
personal injury.

1. Remove the driver air bag assembly from the


steering wheel.
2. Disconnect the connector from the driver air bag
assembly.
Note:
・ Disconnect the airbag connector.
・ Disconnect the horn connector.
5. Steering wheel removal
Note:
・ Reconfirm that the steering wheel is set to the
position for advancing straight forward.
・ Make setting marks on the steering wheel and
shaft.
Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models) 9C-55

・ They are used for reassembly of parts. 6. Meter cluster removal


1. Remove the meter cluster from the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Pull out 4 clips from the instrument panel.
・ Disconnect the switch connector.

1. Remove the nut from the steering shaft.


2. Remove the steering wheel from the steering shaft
using special tool.

1. Clip

7. Instrument panel driver-side lower cover removal


1. Remove the hood lock control lever from the
instrument panel driver-side lower cover.
Note:
SST: 5-8521-0016-0 - steering wheel remover
・ Remove the 2 fixing screws.

Caution:
1. Hood lock control lever
・ Never apply an impact to the steering wheel
2. Control cable
with a hammer, etc. to remove it.
3. Screw
・ The steering shaft is designed to absorb
shocks. 2. Remove the fuel filler lid opener lever from the
instrument panel driver-side lower cover.
9C-56 Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models)
Note:
・ Remove the 2 fixing screws.

1. Steering cowl upper


2. Steering cowl lower

1. Fuel filler rid opener lever 9. Combination switch assembly removal


2. Fuel filler rid cable
1. Disconnect the harness connector from the
3. Screw
combination switch assembly.
3. Remove the instrument panel driver-side lower cover 2. Remove the combination switch assembly from the
from the instrument panel. steering column.
Note:
・ Pull out the instrument panel driver side lower
cover.
・ Disconnect the switch connector.
・ Remove the DLC.

10. Steering lock assembly removal


1. Remove the steering lock assembly from the steering
shaft assembly.
Note:
・ As a shear bolt (of a type with a head that can
1. Instrument panel driver side lower cover be twisted off after it is tightened) is used
2. DLC as the tightening bolt, use an extractor,
reverse tap, etc. to remove it.
8. Steering cowl removal
1. Remove the steering cowl from the steering column.
Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models) 9C-57

1. Key cylinder
2. Steering lock assembly
3. Steering lock bracket
4. Shear bolt

Caution:
・ Be careful not to touch and damage the
antenna coil portion of the ICU.
11. Ignition switch removal
1. Remove the ignition switch from the steering lock
assembly.

1. Ignition switch
9C-58 Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models)

installation Caution:
・ The shear bolt should be tightened until the
1. Ignition switch installation head is twisted off.
1. Install the ignition switch to the steering lock 3. Combination switch assembly installation
assembly.
1. Install the combination switch assembly to the
steering column.

1. Ignition switch

Caution: 2. Connect the harness connector to the combination


・ Be careful not to touch and damage the switch assembly.
antenna coil area of the immobilizer control 4. Steering cowl installation
unit.
1. Install the steering cowl to the steering column.
2. Steering lock assembly installation
Caution:
1. Install the steering lock assembly to the steering
・ When installing the steering cowl, be careful
shaft assembly.
not to pinch the harness by the cowl.

1. Key cylinder
1. Steering cowl upper
2. Steering lock assembly
2. Steering cowl lower
3. Steering lock assembly bracket
4. Shear bolt 5. Instrument panel driver-side lower cover installation
Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models) 9C-59
1. Install the instrument panel driver-side lower cover Note:
to the instrument panel. ・ Install the 2 fixing screws.
Note:
・ Connect the switch connector.
・ Install the DLC.

1. Hood lock control lever


2. Control cable
3. Screw

1. Instrument panel driver side lower cover 6. Meter cluster installation


2. DLC
1. Install the meter cluster to the instrument panel.
2. Remove the fuel filler lid opener lever from the Note:
instrument panel driver-side lower cover.
・ Connect the switch connector.
Note:
・ Install the 2 fixing screws.

1. Clip

7. Steering wheel installation


1. Fuel filler rid opener lever
2. Fuel filler rid cable 1. Install the steering wheel to the steering shaft.
3. Screw
Note:
3. Install the hood lock control lever to the instrument ・ Line up the setting applied during removal, and
panel driver-side lower cover. install the steering wheel.
9C-60 Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models)

Caution:
・ Never apply an impact to the steering wheel
with a hammer, etc. to install it.
・ The steering shaft is designed to absorb
shocks.
2. Install the nut to the steering shaft.
Tightening torque: 35 N・m { 3.6 kgf・m / 26 lb・ft }
8. Driver air bag assembly installation
1. Install the connector to the driver air bag assembly.
Note:
・ Connect the airbag connector.
・ Connect the horn connector.

1. Airbag connector
2. Horn connector

2. Install the driver air bag assembly to the steering


wheel.
Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models) 9C-61

Combination switch assembly

removal ・ Failure to follow the previously mentioned


precautions may make the center position of
1. Air bag assembly safety information the SRS coil assembly uncertain, which may
Note: result in damage on the SRS coil assembly.
・ Handling of a deployed airbag assembly 3. SRS control unit preparation
Warning: 1. Deactivate the SRS function.
・ When handling the airbag, the safety Note:
precautions must be observed.
・ Turn the ignition switch to LOCK and remove
・ A small amount of sodium hydroxide may be the key.
contained on the surface of a deployed airbag.
・ Remove the SRS fuse from the fuse relay box
・ This is a by-product of the deployment reaction or disconnect the battery ground cable from
and may cause irritation when it contacts with the battery.
skin or eye.
Caution:
・ To handle activated airbag, wear gloves and
safety glasses. ・ Leave it for approximately 15 seconds or
longer.
・ After handling, wash your hands with soap.
4. Driver air bag assembly removal
Note:
・ Handling of an undeployed airbag assembly Note:
・ Confirm the holes on the both sides of the
Warning:
steering cover.
・ When carrying an undeployed airbag, make
sure that the trim cover faces the opposite
direction of your body.
・ When carrying the airbag, never hang the
connector or harness on your hand.
・ When putting down an undeployed airbag,
make sure to face the trim cover upward.
・ Do not place any other item on the steering
wheel with the airbag surface facing
downward.
・ Not following this procedure will result in a fire
or injuries.
Caution:
・ After the airbag is deployed, inspect for
burning due to overheating, melting or other
problems.
・ If the SRS coil assembly is damaged, replace
it. Note:
2. Driver air bag assembly preparation ・ Confirm the lever position in the hole in the
following illustration.
Note:
・ Set the steering wheel so the vehicle tires are
pointing straight forward before removing the
steering wheel.
Caution:
・ Rotate the steering wheel so that the vehicle
wheels are straight, then lock the steering
wheel.
9C-62 Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models)

Note: 1. Airbag connector


・ Insert a bar of diameter 6 mm {0.24 in} to 2. Horn connector
remove the driver airbag assembly from the
Warning:
lever.
・ Keep the airbag assembly away from your
body when carrying it.
・ When putting down an undeployed airbag
assembly, make sure to face the trim cover
upward.
・ Place the trim cover upward on a flat surface.
・ Failure to follow this procedure may result in
personal injury.

1. Remove the driver air bag assembly from the


steering wheel.
2. Disconnect the connector from the driver air bag
assembly.
Note:
・ Disconnect the airbag connector.
・ Disconnect the horn connector.
5. Steering wheel removal
Note:
・ Reconfirm that the steering wheel is set to the
position for advancing straight forward.
・ Make setting marks on the steering wheel and
shaft.
Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models) 9C-63

・ They are used for reassembly of parts. 6. Meter cluster removal


1. Remove the meter cluster from the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Pull out 4 clips from the instrument panel.
・ Disconnect the switch connector.

1. Remove the nut from the steering shaft.


2. Remove the steering wheel from the steering shaft
using special tool.

1. Clip

7. Instrument panel driver-side lower cover removal


1. Remove the hood lock control lever from the
instrument panel driver-side lower cover.
Note:
SST: 5-8521-0016-0 - steering wheel remover
・ Remove the 2 fixing screws.

Caution:
1. Hood lock control lever
・ Never apply an impact to the steering wheel
2. Control cable
with a hammer, etc. to remove it.
3. Screw
・ The steering shaft is designed to absorb
shocks. 2. Remove the fuel filler lid opener lever from the
instrument panel driver-side lower cover.
9C-64 Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models)
Note:
・ Remove the 2 fixing screws.

1. Steering cowl upper


2. Steering cowl lower

1. Fuel filler rid opener lever 9. Combination switch assembly removal


2. Fuel filler rid cable
1. Disconnect the harness connector from the
3. Screw
combination switch assembly.
3. Remove the instrument panel driver-side lower cover 2. Remove the combination switch assembly from the
from the instrument panel. steering column.
Note:
・ Pull out the instrument panel driver side lower
cover.
・ Disconnect the switch connector.
・ Remove the DLC.

1. Instrument panel driver side lower cover


2. DLC

8. Steering cowl removal


1. Remove the steering cowl from the steering column.
Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models) 9C-65

installation 1. Install the instrument panel driver-side lower cover


to the instrument panel.
1. Combination switch assembly installation
Note:
1. Install the combination switch assembly to the ・ Connect the switch connector.
steering column.
・ Install the DLC.

2. Connect the harness connector to the combination


1. Instrument panel driver side lower cover
switch assembly.
2. DLC
2. Steering cowl installation
2. Remove the fuel filler lid opener lever from the
1. Install the steering cowl to the steering column. instrument panel driver-side lower cover.
Caution: Note:
・ When installing the steering cowl, be careful ・ Install the 2 fixing screws.
not to pinch the harness by the cowl.

1. Fuel filler rid opener lever


1. Steering cowl upper 2. Fuel filler rid cable
2. Steering cowl lower 3. Screw
3. Instrument panel driver-side lower cover installation 3. Install the hood lock control lever to the instrument
panel driver-side lower cover.
9C-66 Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models)
Note:
・ Install the 2 fixing screws.

Caution:
・ Never apply an impact to the steering wheel
with a hammer, etc. to install it.
1. Hood lock control lever
2. Control cable ・ The steering shaft is designed to absorb
3. Screw shocks.
2. Install the nut to the steering shaft.
4. Meter cluster installation
Tightening torque: 35 N・m { 3.6 kgf・m / 26 lb・ft }
1. Install the meter cluster to the instrument panel.
6. Driver air bag assembly installation
Note:
・ Connect the switch connector. 1. Install the connector to the driver air bag assembly.
Note:
・ Connect the airbag connector.
・ Connect the horn connector.

1. Clip

5. Steering wheel installation


1. Install the steering wheel to the steering shaft.
1. Airbag connector
Note: 2. Horn connector
・ Line up the setting applied during removal, and
2. Install the driver air bag assembly to the steering
install the steering wheel.
wheel.
Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models) 9C-67

ESC off switch

removal
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. Meter cluster removal
1. Remove the meter cluster from the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Pull out 4 clips from the instrument panel.
・ Disconnect the switch connector.

1. Clip

3. ESC off switch removal


1. Remove the TCS/ESC off switch from the meter
cluster.
9C-68 Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models)

inspection
1. ESC off switch inspection
1. Inspect the ESC off switch using the circuit tester.
Note:
・ Operate the switch to inspect the continuity
between the terminals.
Electrical Control, Entertainment (All models) 9C-69

installation
1. ESC off switch installation
1. Install the TCS/ESC off switch to the meter cluster.
2. Meter cluster installation
1. Install the meter cluster to the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Connect the switch connector.

1. Clip

3. Battery ground cable connect


1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
Note:
・ Check the operation of the switch.
Instrumentation, Driver Info. (All models) 9E-1

Body, Cab, Accessories


Instrumentation, Driver Info.
(All models)
Table of Contents
Vehicle speed sensor.......................................................9E-2
removal........................................................................9E-2
inspection....................................................................9E-3
installation...................................................................9E-4
BCM................................................................................9E-5
removal........................................................................9E-5
installation...................................................................9E-6
setting..........................................................................9E-7
DRM................................................................................9E-9
removal........................................................................9E-9
installation.................................................................9E-10
Instrument panel cluster.................................................9E-11
removal......................................................................9E-11
installation.................................................................9E-13
setting........................................................................9E-14
Keyless entry receiver assembly....................................9E-17
removal......................................................................9E-17
installation.................................................................9E-28
9E-2 Instrumentation, Driver Info. (All models)

Vehicle speed sensor

removal
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. Vehicle speed sensor removal
Note:
・ The following applies to 2WD, without ABS.
1. Remove the vehicle speed sensor from the
transmission.
Instrumentation, Driver Info. (All models) 9E-3

inspection
1. Vehicle speed sensor inspection
1. Connect the battery to the vehicle speed sensor.
Note:
・ Connect the battery positive (+) terminal to the
vehicle speed sensor terminal No. 1 and the
battery negative (-) terminal to the vehicle
acceleration sensor terminal No. 2.
・ Do not connect the vehicle speed sensor
terminal No. 3 to the battery positive (+)
terminal.
2. Inspect the vehicle speed sensor using the circuit
tester.
Note:
・ Slowly rotate the vehicle speed sensor shaft
and measure the terminal No. 3 and terminal
No. 2 voltage with a circuit tester.

1. Terminal 1
2. Terminal 2
3. Terminal 3
4. Vehicle Speed Sensor
5. Battery
6. Circuit tester

Note:
・ 1.5V and 12V repeat 4 times per rotation of the
vehicle speed sensor shaft.
9E-4 Instrumentation, Driver Info. (All models)

installation
1. Vehicle speed sensor installation
Note:
・ The following applies to 2WD, without ABS.
1. Install the vehicle speed sensor to the speedometer
bushing.
Tightening torque: 25 N・m { 2.5 kgf・m / 18 lb・ft }
2. Battery ground cable connect
1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
Instrumentation, Driver Info. (All models) 9E-5

BCM

removal
1. BCM safety information
Caution:
・ When replacing the BCM make sure to write
the vehicle information to the new BCM.
・ When replacing BCM, before removal upload
the old BCM data to a scan tool, referring to
the following.
・ However, if communication with a scan tool is
not possible, remove the cluster as is.
・ When replacing the BCM, use only one scan
tool from start to end of the replacement
operation. Correct information cannot be
written if the scan tool is changed during
replacement.
1. Check specification of vehicle. 1. Dash side trim pad
Note: 2. Retainer
・ The following procedure is required when 5. BCM removal
replacing the BCM.
1. Disconnect the harness connector from the BCM.
2. BCM upload
Note:
Note:
・ Remove it together with the bracket installed
・ The following procedure is required when onto the dash panel.
replacing the BCM.
2. Remove the BCM from the dash panel.
・ When communication between the BCM and a
scan tool cannot be carried out, do not perform
the above-mentioned operation.
1. Connect a scan tool to the DLC.
2. Turn ON the ignition switch.
3. Select the Diagnostics.
4. Select the body.
5. Select the BCM.
6. Select Programming & Resetting.
7. Select BCM Data Upload.
Note:
・ Follow the directions on the screen to upload
the vehicle data to a scan tool.
3. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery. 1. BCM
2. Bolt
4. Dash side trim pad removal
1. Remove the dash side trim pad from the body.
9E-6 Instrumentation, Driver Info. (All models)

installation
1. BCM installation
1. Install the BCM to vehicle.
2. Install the harness connector to the BCM.

1. BCM
2. Bolt

2. Dash side trim pad installation


1. Install the dash side trim pad to the body.

1. Dash side trim pad


2. Retainer

3. Battery ground cable connect


1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
Caution:
・ When replacing the BCM make sure to write
the vehicle information to the new BCM.
Instrumentation, Driver Info. (All models) 9E-7

setting ・ Perform the Setting/Change after installing the


new BCM in the vehicle.
1. BCM safety information
1. Connect a scan tool to the DLC.
Caution:
2. Turn ON the ignition switch.
・ When replacing the BCM make sure to write
the vehicle information to the new BCM. 3. Select the Diagnostics.
・ When replacing BCM, before removal upload 4. Select the body.
the old BCM data to a scan tool, referring to
the following. 5. Select the BCM.
・ When replacing the BCM, use only one scan 6. Select Programming & Resetting.
tool from start to end of the replacement
7. Select BCM Data Setting/Change.
operation. Correct information cannot be
written if the scan tool is changed during Note:
replacement. ・ Follow the directions on the screen to write the
2. BCM download vehicle data to the BCM.
・ Confirm that the written content is correct.
Note:
・ If communication between the BCM and a 4. Remote controller key setting
scan tool is possible before replacement, New registration of ID code
download the vehicle data.
Note:
Caution: ・ Clear all of the registered ID code, and then
・ Make sure to check the vehicle specifications register a new ID code.
before performing the download. ・ The following is when using a scan tool
・ Perform the download after installing the new
BCM in the vehicle. 1. Connect a scan tool to the DLC.

1. Connect a scan tool to the DLC. 2. Turn ON the ignition switch.

2. Turn ON the ignition switch. 3. Select the Diagnostics.

3. Select the Diagnostics. 4. Select the Body.

4. Select the body. 5. Select Remote Keyless Entry Transmitter.

5. Select the BCM. 6. Select Remote Keyless Entry Transmitter


Registration Delete.
6. Select Programming & Resetting.
Note:
7. Select BCM Data Download. ・ Follow the directions on the screen and delete
Note: the ID codes.
・ Follow the directions on the screen to ・ Confirm that the value displayed for "The
download the vehicle data to the BCM. number of registered keys" is 0.
8. Select Module Information. 7. Select Remote Keyless Entry Registration Mode
TimeOut Time and ID Reception Setting.
Note:
・ Confirm that the BCM Part Number recorded 8. Check Registration Mode Timeout of a scan tool.
before the BCM replacement has been Note:
downloaded. ・ Follow the directions on the screen and write
3. BCM setting the given values.
Note: 9. Select Remote Keyless Entry Transmitter
・ If communication between the BCM and a Registration.
scan tool is not possible before replacement, Note:
setting the vehicle data is required. ・ Follow the directions on the screen and
Caution: confirm that the "Registration Complete"
・ Make sure to check the vehicle specifications message displays.
before performing the Setting/Change.
9E-8 Instrumentation, Driver Info. (All models)
10. Operate the remote controller key.
Note:
・ With the remote control key inserted into the
ignition switch, press the Lock button or
Unlock button 5 times.
Caution:
・ This procedure must be completed within the
given time written in step 8.
・ Confirm that the value displayed for "The
number of registered keys" has been added.
Note:
・ Remove the remote control key from the
ignition switch and confirm if the Lock and
Unlock buttons operate properly.
・ The following is when not using a scan tool
Caution:
・ Close the all doors, and unlock the doors.
・ Pull out the ignition key from the ignition
switch.
Note:
・ Open the driver side front door, and insert the
ignition key to the ignition switch.
・ Repeatedly turn the ignition switch to ON and
OFF 3 times within 5 seconds.
・ After turning the ignition switch to ON and
OFF, repeat closing and then opening the
driver side front door 2 times within 5 seconds.
・ After opening and closing the doors,
repeatedly turn the ignition switch to ON and
OFF 2 times within 10 seconds.
・ Operate the LOCK/UNLOCK button of the
transmitter to check the operation.
Caution:
・ Confirm the operation sound of the actuator.
Instrumentation, Driver Info. (All models) 9E-9

DRM

removal
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. Dash side trim pad removal
1. Remove the dash side trim pad from the body.
2. Remove the nut from the dash side trim pad.
Note:
・ Remove the trim cover clip from the body
panel.
3. DRM removal
1. Remove the DRM from the dash panel.
Note:
・ Remove the DRM together with the bracket
installed onto the dash panel.
2. Remove the harness connector from the DRM.

1. DRM

3. Remove the bracket from the DRM.


9E-10 Instrumentation, Driver Info. (All models)

installation
1. DRM installation
1. Install the DRM to the bracket.
Note:
・ After installing the DRM onto the bracket,
install it onto the dash panel.
2. Install the harness connector to the DRM.

1. DRM

2. Dash side trim pad installation


1. Install the dash side trim pad to the body.
2. Install the nut to the dash side trim pad.
3. Battery ground cable connect
1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
Instrumentation, Driver Info. (All models) 9E-11

Instrument panel cluster

removal 7. Select Upload Vehicle Configuration Data.


Note:
1. Instrument panel cluster safety information
・ Follow the directions on the screen to upload
Caution: the vehicle data to a scan tool.
・ When replacing the instrument panel cluster,
3. Battery ground cable disconnect
make sure to write the vehicle information to
the new instrument panel cluster. 1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
・ When replacing the instrument panel cluster, 4. Meter cluster removal
before removal upload the old instrument
panel cluster data to a scan tool, referring to 1. Remove the meter cluster from the instrument panel.
the following. Note:
・ However, if communication with a scan tool is ・ Pull out 4 clips from the instrument panel.
not possible, remove the cluster as is.
・ Disconnect the switch connector.
・ When replacing the instrument panel cluster,
use only one scan tool from start to end of the
replacement operation. Correct information
cannot be written if the scan tool is changed
during replacement.
1. Check specification of vehicle.
Note:
・ The following procedure is required when
replacing the instrument panel cluster.
Caution:
・ Make sure to check the following specifications
before replacement.
Note:
・ Isuzu Genuine Audio System
ESC Indicator Light
ABS Indicator Light
Cruise Control Indicator Light 1. Clip
4WD Indicator Light
Key Remind Warning 5. Instrument panel cluster removal
2. Instrument panel cluster upload 1. Remove the instrument panel cluster from the
instrument panel.
Note:
・ The following procedure is required when
replacing the instrument panel cluster.
・ When communication between the new
instrument panel cluster and a scan tool
cannot be carried out, do not perform the
above-mentioned operation.
1. Connect a scan tool to the DLC.
2. Turn ON the ignition switch.
3. Select the Diagnostics.
4. Select the body.
5. Select the meter.
6. Select the programming.
9E-12 Instrumentation, Driver Info. (All models)

1. Instrument panel cluster


Instrumentation, Driver Info. (All models) 9E-13

installation Note:
・ When replacing the instrument panel cluster,
1. Instrument panel cluster installation the vehicle information must be written into the
1. Install the instrument panel cluster to the instrument new instrument panel cluster.
panel.

1. Instrument panel cluster

2. Meter cluster installation


1. Install the meter cluster to the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Connect the switch connector.

1. Clip

3. Battery ground cable connect


1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
9E-14 Instrumentation, Driver Info. (All models)

setting ・ Perform the download after installing the new


instrument panel cluster in the vehicle.
1. Instrument panel cluster safety information
1. Turn ON the ignition switch.
Caution:
2. Turn ON a scan tool.
・ When replacing the instrument panel cluster,
make sure to write the vehicle information to 3. Select the Diagnostics.
the new instrument panel cluster.
4. Select the body.
・ When replacing the instrument panel cluster,
before removal upload the old instrument 5. Select the meter.
panel cluster data to a scan tool, referring to 6. Select the programming.
the following.
7. Select Download Vehicle Configuration Data.
・ When replacing the instrument panel cluster,
download the data from the old instrument Note:
panel cluster to the new instrument panel ・ Follow the directions on the screen to
cluster, referring to the following. download the vehicle data to the instrument
2. Instrument panel cluster download panel cluster.

Note: 8. Select Module Information.


・ If communication between the old instrument Caution:
panel cluster and a scan tool is possible before ・ Refer to the following list to confirm the
replacement, download the vehicle data. download setting value.
Caution: Note:
・ Make sure to check the vehicle specifications ・ Fixed Settings
before performing the download.

Setting Item Setting Value


1 Language Setting Available
2 GLOW PLUG Indicator Light Not Available
3 SVS Indicator Light Not Available
4 Seat belt reminder function Not Available
5 DPD Indicator Light Not Available
6 Over Speed warning function Not Available
7 PESS Information Display Not Available
8 Back Shift Warning Not Available
Note:
・ Optional Settings

Setting Value
Setting Item Setting Standard
Available Not Available
With Clock Without Clock Select Available in models without Isuzu
Clock Display
Display Display genuine audio system.
With ESC Without ESC
ESC Indicator Light Select Available in models with ESC options.
Indicator Light Indicator Light
With ABS Without ABS
ABS Indicator Light Select Available in models with ABS options.
Indicator Light Indicator Light
With Cruise Without Cruise
Cruise Control Select Available in models with Cruise Control
Control Indicator Control Indicator
Indicator Light options.
Light Light
With 4WD Without 4WD
4WD Indicator Light Select Available in models with 4WD.
Indicator Light Indicator Light
Instrumentation, Driver Info. (All models) 9E-15

With Key Remind Without Key Select Available in models with Key Remind
Key Remind Warning
Warning Remind Warning options.
9. Turn OFF the ignition switch. 3. Instrument panel cluster setting
Note: Note:
・ Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds ・ Vehicle Configuration Data Setting
10. Turn ON the ignition switch. ・ When communication between the old
instrument panel cluster and a scan tool is not
11. Check display of the meter. possible to carried out, program the confirmed
Note: vehicle data above individually.
・ When the data is not written to the instrument 1. Turn ON the ignition switch.
panel cluster, the instrument panel cluster will
2. Turn ON a scan tool.
flash the following displays when the ignition
switch is ON. 3. Select the Diagnostics.
・ When these displays flash, the instrument 4. Select the body.
panel cluster will not function. Make sure that
the displays do not flash after the data is 5. Select the meter.
written. 6. Select the programming.
7. Select Vehicle Configuration Data Setting.
Note:
・ Follow the directions on the screen to program
the data in the instrument panel cluster.
Caution:
・ Refer to the following list to confirm the
selected setting value, perform the “Write”
function.
Note:
・ Fixed Settings

Setting Item Setting Value


1 Language Setting Available
2 GLOW PLUG Indicator Light Not Available
3 SVS Indicator Light Not Available
4 Seat belt reminder function Not Available
5 DPD Indicator Light Not Available
6 Over Speed warning function Not Available
7 PESS Information Display Not Available
8 Back Shift Warning Not Available
Note:
・ Fixed Settings

Setting Value
Setting Item Setting Standard
Available Not Available
9E-16 Instrumentation, Driver Info. (All models)

Without Clock Select Available in models without Isuzu


Clock Display With Clock Display
Display genuine audio system.
With ESC Indicator Without Indicator
ESC Indicator Light Select Available in models with ESC options.
Light Light
With ABS Indicator Without ABS
ABS Indicator Light Select Available in models with ABS options.
Light Indicator Light
Without Cruise
Cruise Control With Cruise Control Select Available in models with Cruise Control
Control Indicator
Indicator Light Indicator Light options.
Light
With 4WD Indicator Without 4WD
4WD Indicator Light Select Available in models with 4WD.
Light Indicator Light
With Key Remind Without Key Select Available in models with Key Remind
Key Remind Warning
Warning Remind Warning options.
8. Turn OFF the ignition switch.
Note:
・ Turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds
9. Turn ON the ignition switch.
10. Check display of the meter.
Note:
・ When the data is not written to the instrument
panel cluster, the instrument panel cluster will
flash the following displays when the ignition
switch is ON.
・ When these displays flash, the instrument
panel cluster will not function. Make sure that
the displays do not flash after the data is
written.
Instrumentation, Driver Info. (All models) 9E-17

Keyless entry receiver assembly

removal 8. Remove the bracket from the floor.


3. Glove box removal
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Remove the glove box from the instrument panel.
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. Console box removal
Note:
・ Below is for the center console type manual
transmission.
1. Remove the shift lever knob from the shift lever.
Note:
・ Below is for the center console type.
2. Remove the shift console cover from the console
box.
Note:
・ Disconnect the cigarette lighter connector.
・ Below is for the 2WD center console type.
3. Remove the cover from the console box.
Note: 1. Glove box
・ Below is for the 4WD center console type. 2. Instrument panel assist side lower cover
4. Remove the 4WD switch from the console box. 4. Instrument panel assist-side lower cover removal
Note: 1. Remove the instrument panel assist-side lower cover
・ Below is for the center console type. from the instrument panel.
5. Remove the console box from the floor. Note:
Note: ・ Remove the 4 screws.
・ Remove the 3 clips.
・ Open the console box cover and remove 2
screws.
・ Remove the control box backward.
・ Below is for the tray type, excluding the front
bench seat.
・ Open the cover and remove the 2 screws.
・ Pull up the console tray and remove the 2 clips
at the front.
・ Below except for the center console type.
6. Remove the console cover from the instrument
panel.
Note:
・ Remove the 2 clips.
・ Disconnect the cigarette lighter connector.
・ Below is for 4WD except for the center console 1. Glove box
type. 2. Instrument panel assist side lower cover
・ Disconnect the connector of the 4WD switch.
5. Side cover removal
7. Remove the cup holder cover from the floor.
9E-18 Instrumentation, Driver Info. (All models)
1. Remove the side cover from the instrument panel. 2. Control cable
3. Screw
Note:
・ Remove the left and right side covers. 2. Remove the fuel filler lid opener lever from the
instrument panel driver-side lower cover.
6. Meter cluster removal
Note:
1. Remove the meter cluster from the instrument panel.
・ Remove the 2 fixing screws.
Note:
・ Pull out 4 clips from the instrument panel.
・ Disconnect the switch connector.

1. Fuel filler rid opener lever


2. Fuel filler rid cable
3. Screw
1. Clip
3. Remove the instrument panel driver-side lower cover
7. Instrument panel driver-side lower cover removal from the instrument panel.
1. Remove the hood lock control lever from the Note:
instrument panel driver-side lower cover. ・ Pull out the instrument panel driver side lower
Note: cover.
・ Remove the 2 fixing screws. ・ Disconnect the switch connector.
・ Remove the DLC.

1. Hood lock control lever


1. Instrument panel driver side lower cover
Instrumentation, Driver Info. (All models) 9E-19
2. DLC

8. Air bag assembly safety information


Note:
・ Handling of a deployed airbag assembly
Warning:
・ When handling the airbag, the safety
precautions must be observed.
・ A small amount of sodium hydroxide may be
contained on the surface of a deployed airbag.
・ This is a by-product of the deployment reaction
and may cause irritation when it contacts with
skin or eye.
・ To handle activated airbag, wear gloves and
safety glasses.
・ After handling, wash your hands with soap.
Note:
Note:
・ Confirm the lever position in the hole in the
・ Handling of an undeployed airbag assembly following illustration.
Warning:
・ When carrying an undeployed airbag, make
sure that the trim cover faces the opposite
direction of your body.
・ When carrying the airbag, never hang the
connector or harness on your hand.
・ When putting down an undeployed airbag,
make sure to face the trim cover upward.
・ Do not place any other item on the steering
wheel with the airbag surface facing
downward.
・ Not following this procedure will result in a fire
or injuries.
Caution:
・ After the airbag is deployed, inspect for
burning due to overheating, melting or other
problems.
Note:
・ If the SRS coil assembly is damaged, replace
・ Insert a bar of diameter 6 mm {0.24 in} to
it.
remove the driver airbag assembly from the
9. Driver air bag assembly removal lever.
Note:
・ Confirm the holes on the both sides of the
steering cover.
9E-20 Instrumentation, Driver Info. (All models)

・ Failure to follow this procedure may result in


personal injury.

1. Remove the driver air bag assembly from the


steering wheel.
2. Disconnect the connector from the driver air bag 10. Steering wheel removal
assembly.
Note:
Note:
・ Reconfirm that the steering wheel is set to the
・ Disconnect the airbag connector. position for advancing straight forward.
・ Disconnect the horn connector. ・ Make setting marks on the steering wheel and
shaft.
・ They are used for reassembly of parts.

1. Airbag connector
2. Horn connector

Warning: 1. Remove the nut from the steering shaft.


・ Keep the airbag assembly away from your 2. Remove the steering wheel from the steering shaft
body when carrying it. using special tool.
・ When putting down an undeployed airbag
assembly, make sure to face the trim cover
upward.
・ Place the trim cover upward on a flat surface.
Instrumentation, Driver Info. (All models) 9E-21
12. Assist side lid cover removal
1. Remove the assist side lid cover from the instrument
panel.
13. Cover removal
Note:
・ The following applies to models without
SST: 5-8521-0016-0 - steering wheel remover passenger airbag.
1. Remove the cover from the instrument panel.
14. Passenger air bag assembly removal
1. Remove the passenger air bag assembly from the
instrument panel.
Note:
・ Remove the 2 bolts.

Caution:
・ Never apply an impact to the steering wheel
with a hammer, etc. to remove it.
・ The steering shaft is designed to absorb
shocks.
11. Steering cowl removal
1. Remove the steering cowl from the steering column.
1. Passenger airbag mounting bolts

Caution:
・ Remove carefully as claws are attached.

1. Steering cowl upper


2. Steering cowl lower
9E-22 Instrumentation, Driver Info. (All models)

15. Front door finisher removal Note:


Note: ・ The following applies to models with assist
grip.
・ The following applies to crew cab.
・ Remove the assist grip.
1. Remove the front door finisher from the body.
・ Open the cover and remove the screw.
16. Door finisher removal ・ Remove the clip from the body panel.
Note: ・ Remove the front pillar trim cover by pulling its
・ The following applies to regular cab and lower part upward.
extend cab.
1. Remove the door finisher from the body.
17. Front pillar trim cover removal
1. Remove the front pillar trim cover from the front
pillar.
Note:
・ The following applies to models without assist
grip.
・ Remove the clip from the body panel.
・ Remove the front pillar trim cover by pulling its
lower part upward.

18. Sill plate removal


1. Remove the sill plate from the floor.
Note:
・ Remove clips from the body panel.
・ Regular cab
Instrumentation, Driver Info. (All models) 9E-23

1. Sill plate 1. Front sill plate


2. Clip 2. Rear sill plate
3. Clip
Note:
・ Extend cab 19. Dash side trim pad removal
1. Remove the dash side trim pad from the body.
Note:
・ Remove the nut.
・ Remove the trim cover clip from the body
panel.

1. Sill plate
2. Clip

Note:
・ Crew cab

20. Front cover removal


Note:
・ The following applies except for auto A/C.
1. Remove the front cover from the instrument panel.
21. Sun sensor removal
Note:
・ The following applies to auto A/C.
9E-24 Instrumentation, Driver Info. (All models)
1. Remove the sun sensor from the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Disconnect the harness connector.
22. Instrument panel removal
1. Remove the speaker grille from the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Remove the left and right speaker grilles.
2. Remove the side cover from the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Remove the left and right side covers.
3. Remove the instrument panel assembly and
reinforcement from vehicle.
Note:
・ Remove the 4 bolts that fix the steering Note:
column to the reinforcement.
・ Disconnect the control cable of the blower unit
and the ventilation unit.
・ Disconnect the dash harness connector.
・ Remove the bolt and nut that secure the
instrument panel and reinforcement assembly.

23. Center cluster removal Note:


1. Remove the center cluster from the instrument panel. ・ Remove the screw to pull out the center
ventilation grille, and then remove it.
Note:
・ Pull out the center cluster, and then remove it.
・ Remove the 2 screws, and remove the center
lid cover or the tray.
24. Center ventilation grille removal
1. Remove the center ventilation grille from the
instrument panel.
Instrumentation, Driver Info. (All models) 9E-25
25. Radio removal
1. Remove the radio from the instrument panel.

1. Radio 3. Screw
2. Screw

Note: 1. Remove the instrument panel cluster from the


・ Remove the 4 screws. instrument panel.
・ Remove the 4 screws.
・ Remove the connector.
・ Remove the antenna feeder plug.
26. Instrument panel cluster removal
9E-26 Instrumentation, Driver Info. (All models)
1. Instrument panel cluster

27. Reinforcement removal


1. Remove the reinforcement from the instrument
panel.
Note:
・ Remove the bolt.

1. Instrument panel 2. Reinforcement

28. Dash harness removal


1. Remove the dash harness from the reinforcement.
29. Keyless entry receiver assembly removal
1. Remove the harness connector from the keyless
entry receiver assembly.
2. Remove the screw from the keyless entry receiver
assembly.
3. Remove the keyless entry receiver assembly from
vehicle.
Instrumentation, Driver Info. (All models) 9E-27
1. Harness connector
2. Keyless entry receiver assembly
3. Screw
9E-28 Instrumentation, Driver Info. (All models)

installation 1. Harness connector


2. Keyless entry receiver assembly
1. Keyless entry receiver assembly installation 3. Screw
1. Install the keyless entry receiver assembly to vehicle. 2. Dash harness installation
2. Install the screw to the keyless entry receiver 1. Install the dash harness to the reinforcement.
assembly.
3. Reinforcement installation
3. Install the harness connector to the keyless entry
receiver assembly. 1. Install the reinforcement to the instrument panel.
Tightening torque: 8 N・m { 0.8 kgf・m / 6 lb・ft }

1. Instrument panel 2. Reinforcement

4. Instrument panel cluster installation


1. Install the instrument panel cluster to the instrument
panel.
Instrumentation, Driver Info. (All models) 9E-29
1. Instrument panel cluster

5. Radio installation

1. Radio 3. Screw
2. Screw

6. Center ventilation grille installation


1. Install the center ventilation grille to the instrument
panel.
Note:
・ Put the center ventilation grille in, and install
the screws.
9E-30 Instrumentation, Driver Info. (All models)
Note:
・ Install the 2 screws and install the center lid
cover or the tray.
・ Put the center cluster in and install it.
8. Instrument panel installation
1. Install the instrument panel assembly and
reinforcement to vehicle.
Note:
・ Tighten the bolts and nuts that secure the
instrument panel and reinforcement assembly
to the specified torque.
Tightening torque: 19 N・m { 1.9 kgf・m / 14 lb・ft }
Bolt
Tightening torque: 8 N・m { 0.8 kgf・m / 6 lb・ft }
Nut
7. Center cluster installation
1. Install the center cluster to the instrument panel.

Note:
・ Tighten the 4 bolts that secure the steering
column to the reinforcement to the specified
torque.
Tightening torque: 20 N・m { 2.0 kgf・m / 15 lb・ft }
Steering column bolt
Instrumentation, Driver Info. (All models) 9E-31

Note: 12. Sill plate installation


・ Connect the dash harness connector. 1. Install the sill plate to the floor.
・ Connect the control cable of the blower unit
Note:
and ventilation unit.
・ Regular cab
2. Install the side cover to the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Install the left and right side covers.
3. Install the speaker grille to the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Install the left and right speaker grilles.
9. Front cover installation
Note:
・ The following applies except for auto A/C.
1. Install the front cover to the instrument panel.
10. Sun sensor installation
Note:
・ The following applies to auto A/C.
1. Install the sun sensor to the instrument panel.
1. Sill plate
Note: 2. Clip
・ Connect the harness connector.
Note:
11. Dash side trim pad installation ・ Extend cab
1. Install the dash side trim pad to the body.
Note:
・ Install the nut.
9E-32 Instrumentation, Driver Info. (All models)

1. Sill plate Note:


2. Clip ・ The following applies to models with assist
grip.
Note:
・ Insert the lower part of the front pillar trim
・ Crew cab
cover, and install the clip to the body panel.
・ Install the assist grip.
・ Install the 2 fixing screws and close the cover.

1. Front sill plate


2. Rear sill plate
3. Clip
14. Door finisher installation
13. Front pillar trim cover installation
Note:
1. Install the front pillar trim cover to the front pillar.
・ The following applies to regular cab and
Note: extend cab.
・ The following applies to models without assist 1. Install the door finisher to the body.
grip.
15. Front door finisher installation
・ Insert the lower part of the front pillar trim
cover, and install the clip to the body panel. Note:
・ The following applies to crew cab.
1. Install the front door finisher to the body.
Instrumentation, Driver Info. (All models) 9E-33
16. Cover installation 18. Assist side lid cover removal
Note: 1. Remove the assist side lid cover from the instrument
・ The following applies to models without panel.
passenger airbag. 19. Steering cowl installation
1. Install the cover to the instrument panel. 1. Install the steering cowl to the steering column.
17. Passenger air bag assembly installation Caution:
1. Install the passenger air bag assembly to the ・ When installing the steering cowl, be careful
instrument panel. not to pinch the harness by the cowl.
Note:
・ Press the portion indicated by the arrow in the
illustration to install it to the instrument panel.
・ Securely fit the claws.

1. Steering cowl upper


2. Steering cowl lower

20. Steering wheel installation


1. Install the steering wheel to the steering shaft.
Note:
Note:
・ Install the 2 bolts.
・ Line up the setting applied during removal, and
Tightening torque: 25 N・m { 2.5 kgf・m / 18 lb・ft } install the steering wheel.

1. Passenger airbag mounting bolts


9E-34 Instrumentation, Driver Info. (All models)
Caution: Note:
・ Never apply an impact to the steering wheel ・ Connect the switch connector.
with a hammer, etc. to install it. ・ Install the DLC.
・ The steering shaft is designed to absorb
shocks.
2. Install the nut to the steering shaft.
Tightening torque: 35 N・m { 3.6 kgf・m / 26 lb・ft }
21. Driver air bag assembly installation
1. Install the connector to the driver air bag assembly.
Note:
・ Connect the airbag connector.
・ Connect the horn connector.

1. Instrument panel driver side lower cover


2. DLC

2. Remove the fuel filler lid opener lever from the


instrument panel driver-side lower cover.
Note:
・ Install the 2 fixing screws.

1. Airbag connector
2. Horn connector

2. Install the driver air bag assembly to the steering


wheel.
22. Battery ground cable connect
1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
23. SRS control unit setting
1. Reactivate the SRS function.
Note:
・ Install the SRS fuse to the fuse relay box or
connect the battery ground cable to the
battery. 1. Fuel filler rid opener lever
2. Fuel filler rid cable
・ Turn the ignition switch on, and confirm that
3. Screw
the SRS airbag warning light turns off after
blinking 7 times. 3. Install the hood lock control lever to the instrument
24. Instrument panel driver-side lower cover installation panel driver-side lower cover.

1. Install the instrument panel driver-side lower cover Note:


to the instrument panel. ・ Install the 2 fixing screws.
Instrumentation, Driver Info. (All models) 9E-35
Note:
・ Install the 4 screws.

1. Hood lock control lever


2. Control cable
3. Screw
1. Glove box
25. Meter cluster installation 2. Instrument panel assist side lower cover
1. Install the meter cluster to the instrument panel. 28. Glove box installation
Note: 1. Install the glove box to the instrument panel.
・ Connect the switch connector.

1. Glove box
1. Clip 2. Instrument panel assist side lower cover

26. Side cover installation 29. Console box installation


1. Install the side cover to the instrument panel. Note:
Note: ・ Below is for the center console type.
・ Install the left and right side covers. 1. Install the console box to the floor.
27. Instrument panel assist-side lower cover installation Note:
1. Install the instrument panel assist-side lower cover to ・ Install the 3 clips.
the instrument panel. ・ Open the console box cover and install 2
screws.
9E-36 Instrumentation, Driver Info. (All models)

・ Below is for the 2WD center console type.


2. Install the cover to the console box.
Note:
・ Below is for the 4WD center console type.
3. Install the 4WD switch to the console box.
Note:
・ Below is for the center console type.
4. Install the shift console cover to the console box.
Note:
・ Connect the cigarette lighter connector.
・ Below is for the center console type manual
transmission.
5. Install the shift lever knob to the shift lever.
Note:
・ Below is for the tray type.
・ Install the console tray to the floor.
・ Install 2 screws and close the cover.
・ Below except for the center console type.
6. Install the bracket to the floor.
7. Install the cup holder cover to the bracket.
8. Install the console cover to the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Connect the cigarette lighter connector.
・ Install the 2 clips.
Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models) 9G-1

Body, Cab, Accessories


Hood, Fenders, Doors
(All models)
Table of Contents
Front door assembly........................................................9G-2
removal.......................................................................9G-2
disassembly.................................................................9G-3
reassembly..................................................................9G-6
installation..................................................................9G-9
setting........................................................................9G-10
Engine hood assembly...................................................9G-11
removal.....................................................................9G-11
installation................................................................9G-12
Side step........................................................................9G-14
removal.....................................................................9G-14
installation................................................................9G-15
Rear step bumper...........................................................9G-16
removal.....................................................................9G-16
installation................................................................9G-18
Engine hood lock...........................................................9G-20
removal.....................................................................9G-20
installation................................................................9G-22
Front fender panel.........................................................9G-24
removal.....................................................................9G-24
installation................................................................9G-26
Rear door assembly (crew cab).....................................9G-28
removal.....................................................................9G-28
disassembly...............................................................9G-29
reassembly................................................................9G-31
installation................................................................9G-33
setting........................................................................9G-34
Front under guard..........................................................9G-35
removal.....................................................................9G-35
installation................................................................9G-36
Side access panel assembly (extend cab)......................9G-37
removal.....................................................................9G-37
disassembly...............................................................9G-38
reassembly................................................................9G-40
installation................................................................9G-43
setting........................................................................9G-44
Rear mud guard.............................................................9G-45
removal.....................................................................9G-45
installation................................................................9G-46
Supplementary Information..........................................9G-47
9G-2 Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models)

Front door assembly

removal ・ Place a wooden block under the door for


protection, and support the door assembly by
1. Door harness removal hand.
1. Disconnect the door harness from the dash harness.
Note:
・ Remove the harness bracket, and disconnect
the door harness connector.

1. Wooden block

Note:
・ Remove the upper side hinge bolt.

2. Front door assembly removal 3. Lower the front door assembly.

1. Remove the door check arm from the body.


Note:
・ Remove the check arm screw.

2. Remove the hinge bolt from the front door.


Note:
・ Remove the lower side hinge bolt.
Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models) 9G-3

disassembly
1. Window regulator handle removal
Note:
・ The following applies to the models without the
power window.
1. Remove the window regulator handle from the front
door.
Note:
・ To remove the window regulator handle,
remove the clip located at the root of the
handle using a wire.

1. Door mirror cover

4. Door pull case removal


1. Remove the door pull case from the front door.
Note:
・ Open the cover and remove the screw.

1. Regulator handle
2. Clip
3. Washer

2. Power window switch removal


Note:
・ The following applies to the models with the
power window.
1. Disconnect the harness connector from the power
window switch.
3. Door mirror cover removal 1. Door pull case
2. Screw
1. Remove the door mirror cover from the front door.
5. Front door trim panel removal
Note:
・ Pull out the clip, and remove the cover in the 1. Remove the front door trim panel from the front
upward direction. door.
Note:
・ Open the cover and remove the screw.
・ Pull out the clips at 9 locations on the front
door trim panel.
9G-4 Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models)
Note:
・ Remove the 2 screws.
9. Speaker assembly removal
1. Remove the speaker assembly from the front door.
Note:
・ Remove the fixing screw, and disconnect the
connector.
10. Weather strip removal
1. Remove the weather strip from the front door.
Note:
・ Remove the clip.
11. Water proof sheet removal
1. Remove the water proof sheet from the front door.
1. Clip positions Note:
2. Screw ・ When removing the sheet, be careful not to
damage it.
6. Door mirror assembly removal
12. Inside handle removal
1. Remove the door mirror assembly from the front
door. 1. Disconnect the inside handle from the door lock
cable.
Note:
・ Remove the 3 fixing bolts, and disconnect the 13. Front door glass removal
connector. 1. Remove the front door glass from the front door.
Note:
・ Remove the 2 bolts that are put through the
access hole, and pull out the front door glass
upward.

1. Bolt
2. Connector

7. Outer waist seal removal


1. Remove the outer waist seal from the front door.
14. Window regulator removal
8. Bracket removal
1. Remove the window regulator from the front door.
1. Remove the bracket from the front door.
Note:
・ Remove the 4 fixing bolts and 2 fixing nuts.
Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models) 9G-5

・ The following applies to the models with the


power window.
・ Disconnect the power window motor
connector.
15. Glass run removal
1. Remove the glass-run from the front door.
Note:
・ Pull it out from the door frame of the channel.
16. Glass-run rear channel removal
1. Remove the glass-run rear channel from the front
door.
Note:
・ Remove the bolt.
17. Door lock assembly removal
1. Cover
1. Remove the door lock assembly from the front door. 2. Screw
Note: 3. Key cylinder
・ Remove the 3 fixing screws and the bolt. 19. Outside handle removal
・ Disconnect the linkage between the outside
1. Remove the outside handle from the front door.
handle and the key cylinder.
・ Disconnect the harness connector. 20. Door harness removal
1. Remove the door harness from the front door.

18. Key cylinder removal


1. Remove the key cylinder from the outside handle.
Note:
・ Remove the cover and remove the fixing
screw.
9G-6 Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models)

reassembly
1. Door harness installation
1. Install the door harness to the front door.
2. Outside handle installation
1. Install the outside handle to the front door.
Note:
・ Tighten the fixing bolt to the specified torque.
Tightening torque: 9 N・m { 0.9 kgf・m / 80 lb・in }
3. Key cylinder installation
1. Install the key cylinder to the outside handle.
Note:
・ Tighten the fixing screws to the specified
torque.
5. Glass-run rear channel installation
Tightening torque: 6 N・m { 0.6 kgf・m / 53 lb・in }
1. Install the glass-run rear channel to the front door.
Note:
・ Install the bolt.
6. Glass run installation
1. Install the glass-run to the front door.
7. Window regulator installation
1. Install the window regulator to the front door.
Note:
・ Install the 4 fixing bolts and 2 fixing nuts.
・ The following applies to the models with the
power window.
・ Connect the power window motor connector.
8. Front door glass installation
1. Install the front door glass to the front door.
1. Cover
Note:
2. Screw
3. Key cylinder ・ Insert the front door glass in the specified
position, by tilting it if necessary, and fit it in
4. Door lock assembly installation the groove of the window regulator.
1. Install the door lock assembly to the front door. ・ Install the front door glass to the window
regulator with the 2 bolts.
Note:
・ Install the 3 fixing screws and the bolt.
・ Connect the linkage of the outside handle and
the key cylinder.
・ Connect the harness connector.
Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models) 9G-7

9. Inside handle installation 1. Bolt


2. Connector
1. Connect the inside handle to the door lock cable.
10. Water proof sheet installation 16. Front door trim panel installation
1. Install the water proof sheet to the front door. 1. Install the front door trim panel to the front door.
11. Weather strip installation Note:
・ Install the clips on 9 locations on the front door
1. Install the weather strip to the front door.
trim panel.
Note: ・ Install the screws and close the cover.
・ Install the clip.
12. Speaker assembly installation
1. Install the speaker assembly to the front door.
Note:
・ Connect the connector, and install the fixing
screw.
13. Bracket installation
1. Install the bracket to the front door.
Note:
・ Install the 2 screws.
14. Outer waist seal installation
1. Install the outer waist seal to the front door.
15. Door mirror assembly installation
1. Install the door mirror assembly to the front door. 1. Clip positions
Note: 2. Screw
・ Connect the connector, and install the 3 fixing 17. Door pull case installation
bolts.
1. Install the door pull case to the front door.
Note:
・ Install the screws and close the cover.
9G-8 Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models)
1. Install the window regulator handle to the front door.
Note:
・ When closing the front door glass, install the
window regulator handle as shown in the
diagram.

1. Door pull case


2. Screw

18. Door mirror cover installation


1. Install the door mirror cover to the front door.

1. 45°

1. Door mirror cover

19. Power window switch installation


Note:
・ The following applies to the models with the
power window.
1. Connect the harness connector to the power window
switch.
20. Window regulator handle installation
Note:
・ The following applies to the models without the
power window.
Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models) 9G-9

installation
1. Front door assembly installation
1. Align the front door assembly to the body.
2. Install the hinge bolt to the hinge and the front door.
Note:
・ Install the upper side hinge bolt.
・ Install the lower side hinge bolt.
Tightening torque: 34 N・m { 3.5 kgf・m / 25 lb・ft }
3. Install the door check arm to the body.
Note:
・ Install the check arm screw.

Tightening torque: 24 N・m { 2.4 kgf・m / 18 lb・ft }


2. Door harness connect
1. Connect the door harness to the dash harness.
Note:
・ Connect the door harness connector, and
install the harness bracket.
9G-10 Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models)

setting
1. Door hinge adjustment
1. Adjust the front door assembly.
Note:
・ The door position can be adjusted by moving
the door hinge.
・ Before making adjustments, remove the
fender, and temporarily fit up the door.
・ When adjusting the clearance between the
door and the body, loosen the hinge of the
door bolt.
・ Loosen the hinge of the body bolt, and adjust
the clearance between the door and the body.

2. Door striker adjustment


1. Adjust the front door assembly.
Note:
・ Loosen the screw of the door striker, and place
a wooden piece over the door striker and tap it
with a hammer to adjust the position of the
door striker.
・ By moving the position of the door striker up
and down to make the bottom surface of the
dovetail in parallel with the door striker, it can
be adjusted properly.
Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models) 9G-11

Engine hood assembly

removal
1. Engine hood assembly removal
1. Open the engine hood.
Note:
・ Support the engine hood.
2. Remove the hinge bolt from the engine hood.
Note:
・ Before removing the hinge from the engine
hood, put a marking of the hinge location for
putting the hinge back in place.

1. Clip
2. Hood insulator
3. Engine hood
4. Hood bumper
5. Nut
6. Engine hood garnish

2. Engine hood assembly disassembly


1. Remove the engine hood garnish from the engine
hood.
Note:
・ Remove the 6 nuts.
2. Remove the hood insulator from the engine hood.
Note:
・ Remove the 9 fixing clips, and remove the
hood insulator.
・ Install the hood bumper to the engine hood.
9G-12 Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models)

installation
1. Engine hood assembly reassembly
1. Install the hood insulator to the engine hood.
Note:
・ Install the 9 fixing clips.
・ Install the hood bumper to the engine hood.
2. Install the engine hood garnish to the engine hood.
Note:
・ Install the 6 nuts.

1. Clearance: 4.0 mm {0.16 in}


2. Height, level difference: -1.5 mm {-0.06 in}

Note:
・ Turn the hood rest to adjust its height, and
adjust the level difference against the engine
hood.

1. Clip
2. Hood insulator
3. Engine hood
4. Hood bumper
5. Nut
6. Engine hood garnish

2. Engine hood assembly installation


1. Temporarily tighten the hinge bolt to the engine
hood assembly.
Note:
・ Align the hinge with the marking made during
1. Hood rest
removal.
2. Inspect the clearance. 4. Apply the grease to the striker.
Note: Note:
・ Check the engine hood assembly and the ・ Apply a thin layer of grease to the striker.
fender. 5. Install the engine hood garnish to the engine hood.
3. Adjust the clearance to a standard value. Note:
Note: ・ Tighten the 6 nuts to the specified torque.
・ Adjust the installation of the engine hood hinge Tightening torque: 6 N・m { 0.6 kgf・m / 53 lb・in }
to adjust the clearance.
6. Securely tighten the hinge bolt to the engine hood
assembly.
Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models) 9G-13
Tightening torque: 10 N・m { 1.0 kgf・m / 89 lb・in }
9G-14 Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models)

Side step

removal
1. Side step removal
1. Remove the side step assembly from the cab.
2. Remove the cover from the side step.
Note:
・ Remove the front and rear covers.
・ Remove the screw, and pull out the cover.

1. Cover
2. Screw

3. Remove the cover bracket from the side step.


Note:
・ Remove the nuts and remove the front and
rear cover brackets.
4. Remove the bracket from the side step.
Note:
・ Remove the bolts and the nuts and remove the
front, center, and rear brackets.
Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models) 9G-15

installation
1. Side step installation
1. Install the bracket to the side step.
Note:
・ Put the stud bolt in the slit on the rear surface
of the side step.
・ Temporarily tighten the front, center, and rear
brackets to the stud bolt with the nut.
2. Install the cover bracket to the side step.
Note:
・ Put the stud bolt in the slit on the rear surface
of the side step, and temporarily tighten the
front and rear cover brackets with the nuts.
3. Install the cover to the side step.
Note:
・ Install the front and rear covers with the
screws.

1. Cover
2. Screw

4. Install the side step assembly to the cab.


Note:
・ Tighten the fixing bolt and the nut to the
specified torque.
Tightening torque: 16 N・m { 1.6 kgf・m / 12 lb・ft }
9G-16 Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models)

Rear step bumper

removal
1. Rear step bumper removal
1. Remove the rear step bumper from vehicle.
Note:
・ Disconnect the extension harness connector.
・ Remove the 3 fixing bolts from the frame side.
2. Rear step bumper disassembly
1. Remove the step pad from the reinforcement.
Note:
・ Push out the fixing part of the step pad from
the rear side of the reinforcement.
2. Remove the shell from the reinforcement.
Note:
・ The following applies to the 2WD models. 1. Center pad
・ Remove the 6 clips. 2. Shell
3. Reinforcement
4. Clip

3. Remove the back bar from the reinforcement.


4. Disconnect the connector from the license plate light
assembly.
5. Remove the license plate light assembly from the
reinforcement.
6. Remove the extension harness from the
reinforcement.
7. Disassemble the reinforcement.
Note:
・ The following applies to the 2WD models.

1. Reinforcement
2. Shell
3. Clip, push-lock type
4. Clip

Note:
・ The following applies to the 4WD models.
・ Remove the 2 clips.
・ Push the center pad fixing section from the
rear side of the reinforcement to remove it.
・ Remove the bolt and remove the shell.

1. Side bracket
Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models) 9G-17
2. Center bar
3. Support bracket
9G-18 Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models)

installation
1. Rear step bumper reassembly
1. Assemble the reinforcement.
Note:
・ The following applies to the 2WD models.
・ Tighten the fixing bolt to the specified torque.
Tightening torque: 85 N・m { 8.7 kgf・m / 63 lb・ft }

1. Reinforcement
2. Shell
3. Clip, push-lock type
4. Clip

Note:
・ The following applies to the 4WD models.
・ Install the bolt and install the shell.
・ Install the center pad to the reinforcement.
・ Install the 2 clips.
1. Side bracket
2. Center bar
3. Support bracket

2. Install the extension harness to the reinforcement.


3. Install the license plate light assembly to the
reinforcement.
4. Connect the connector to the license plate light
assembly.
5. Install the back bar to the reinforcement.
6. Install the shell to the reinforcement.
Note:
・ The following applies to the 2WD models.
・ Install the 6 clips.

1. Center pad
2. Shell
3. Reinforcement
4. Clip

7. Install the step pad to the reinforcement.


2. Rear step bumper installation
1. Align the back bar to the frame.
Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models) 9G-19
Note:
・ The surface of the back bar shown as 2 in the
diagram should contact with the top surface of
the frame.
・ The surface of the back bar shown as 3 in the
diagram should contact with the rear end of
the frame.

1. Frame
2. Back bar surface: Contact surface with the frame
top surface
3. Back bar surface: Contact surface with the frame
rear end

2. Install the rear step bumper to vehicle.


Note:
・ Tighten the 3 fixing bolts on the frame side of
the back bar.
Tightening torque: 150 N・m { 15.3 kgf・m / 111 lb・
ft }
Note:
・ Connect the extension harness connector.
9G-20 Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models)

Engine hood lock

removal
1. Radiator grille removal
1. Remove the radiator grille from vehicle.
Note:
・ Remove the screws.
・ Remove the 4 clips.

1. Marking

Note:
・ Disconnect the engine food lock switch
connector. (Model with anti-theft system)
3. Hood lock control lever removal
1. Remove the hood lock control lever from the
instrument panel driver-side lower cover.
1. Screw
2. Clip Note:
・ Remove the 2 screws.
2. Engine hood lock assembly removal
2. Disconnect the hood lock control lever from the
1. Remove the engine hood lock assembly from control cable.
vehicle.
Note:
・ Put markings on the hood lock assembly and
the vehicle before removal.

1. Hood lock control lever


2. Control cable
3. Screw
Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models) 9G-21
4. Control cable removal
1. Remove the control cable from vehicle.
Note:
・ Pull off the control cable in the direction toward
the passenger compartment.
9G-22 Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models)

installation ・ After tightening the fixing bolt, check the level


difference again. If the value is out of the
1. Control cable installation specified value, adjust the level difference by
1. Install the control cable to vehicle. turning the hood rest.
Note:
・ Route the control cable back again in place.
2. Hood lock control lever installation
1. Connect the hood lock control lever to the control
cable.
2. Install the hood lock control lever to the instrument
panel driver-side lower cover.

1. Engine hood assembly


2. Front fender
3. Hood rest
4. Engine hood lock assembly
5. Specified dimension: (-0.5) - (-2.5) mm {(-0.02) -
(-0.10) in}

3. Securely tighten the engine hood lock assembly to


the body.
1. Hood lock control lever Note:
2. Control cable ・ Tighten the fixing bolt to the specified torque.
3. Screw
Tightening torque: 10 N・m { 1.0 kgf・m / 89 lb・in }
Note: 4. Radiator grille installation
・ Confirm that the engine hood lock assembly
and hood lock control lever operate normally. 1. Install the radiator grille to vehicle.

3. Engine hood lock assembly installation Note:


・ Put the claw of the radiator grille in the
1. Temporarily tighten the engine hood lock assembly installation hole of the front bumper shown in
to the body. the diagram.
Note:
・ Connect the engine food lock switch
connector. (Model with anti-theft system)
・ Install the engine hood lock assembly to the
body, and temporarily tighten the bolt.
2. Close the engine hood assembly.
Note:
・ Position the hood so that the level difference
between the hood and the fender becomes the
specified value.
・ After confirming dimensions, tighten the fixing
bolt of the engine hood assembly.
Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models) 9G-23

1. Radiator grille

Note:
・ Install the 4 clips.
・ Install the screws.

1. Screw
2. Clip
9G-24 Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models)

Front fender panel

removal
1. Radiator grille removal
1. Remove the radiator grille from vehicle.
Note:
・ Remove the screws.
・ Remove the 4 clips.

4. Front bumper assembly removal


1. Remove the front bumper assembly from vehicle.
Note:
・ Remove the 10 clips.

1. Screw
2. Clip

2. Mudguard removal
1. Remove the mud guard from the front fender panel.
3. Inner liner removal
1. Remove the inner liner from the front fender panel.
Note:
・ Remove the fixing screw.

5. Front fender panel removal


1. Remove the front fender panel from vehicle.
Note:
・ Remove the 6 fixing bolts.
Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models) 9G-25
9G-26 Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models)

installation Note:
・ Install the 10 clips.
1. Front fender panel installation
1. Install the front fender panel to vehicle.
Note:
・ Tighten the fixing bolt to the specified torque.
Tightening torque: 7 N・m { 0.7 kgf・m / 62 lb・in }

3. Inner liner installation


1. Install the inner liner to the front fender panel.
Note:
・ Install the fixing screw.

2. Inspect the clearance.


Note:
・ Check the front fender panel and the front
door.

4. Mudguard installation
1. Install the mud guard to the front fender panel.
5. Radiator grille installation
1. Install the radiator grille to vehicle.
1. Clearance: 5.0 mm {0.2 in} Note:
2. Height, level difference: Same plane ・ Put the claw of the radiator grille in the
installation hole of the front bumper shown in
2. Front bumper assembly installation
the diagram.
1. Install the front bumper assembly to vehicle.
Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models) 9G-27

1. Radiator grille

Note:
・ Install the 4 clips.
・ Install the screws.

1. Screw
2. Clip
9G-28 Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models)

Rear door assembly (crew cab)

removal
1. Door harness disconnect
1. Disconnect the door harness from the rear body
harness.
Note:
・ Remove the center pillar lower trim cover, and
disconnect the door harness connector.

1. Wooden block

Note:
・ Remove the upper side hinge bolt.
3. Lower the rear door assembly.

2. Rear door assembly (crew cab) removal


1. Remove the door check arm from the body.
Note:
・ Remove the check arm screw.
2. Remove the hinge bolt from the rear door.
Note:
・ Remove the lower side hinge bolt.
・ Place a wooden block under the rear door for
protection, and support the door assembly by
hand.
Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models) 9G-29

disassembly
1. Power window switch removal
Note:
・ The following applies to the models with the
power window.
1. Remove the power window switch from the rear
door.
Note:
・ Remove the screws.
・ Remove the power window switch, and
disconnect the connector.

1. Regulator handle
2. Clip
3. Washer

4. Rear door trim panel removal


1. Remove the rear door trim panel from the rear door.
Note:
・ Pull out the clips at 7 locations on the rear
door trim panel.
・ Open the cover with a small-sized flat-blade
screwdriver, etc., taking care not to damage
the rear door trim panel, and remove the
screws.
2. Door pull case removal ・ Remove the clip on the rear top of the rear
door trim panel.
Note:
・ The following applies to the models without the
power window.
1. Remove the door pull case from the rear door.
Note:
・ Remove the screws.
3. Window regulator handle removal
Note:
・ The following applies to the models without the
power window.
1. Remove the window regulator handle from the rear
door.
Note:
・ To remove the window regulator handle,
remove the clip located at the root of the
handle using a wire. 1. Screw
2. Clip
3. Clip positions
9G-30 Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models)
5. Bracket removal
1. Remove the bracket from the rear door.
Note:
・ Remove the 2 screws.
6. Speaker assembly removal
1. Remove the speaker assembly from the rear door.
Note:
・ Remove the fixing bolt, and disconnect the
connector.
7. Weather strip removal
1. Remove the weather strip from the rear door.
Note:
・ Remove the clip.
8. Water proof sheet removal 13. Rear door window regulator removal
1. Remove the water proof sheet from the rear door. 1. Remove the window regulator from the rear door.
Note: Note:
・ When removing the sheet, be careful not to ・ Remove the 4 fixing bolts.
damage it. ・ The following applies to the models with the
9. Inside lever removal power window.
・ Disconnect the power window motor
1. Disconnect the inside lever from the door lock cable.
connector.
10. Outer waist seal removal
14. Glass run removal
1. Remove the outer waist seal from the rear door.
1. Remove the glass-run from the rear door.
11. Glass run rear channel removal
Note:
1. Remove the glass-run rear channel from the rear ・ Pull it out from the door frame of the channel.
door.
15. Door lock assembly removal
Note:
1. Remove the door lock assembly from the rear door.
・ Remove the bolt.
Note:
12. Rear door glass removal
・ Remove the 3 fixing screws and the bolt.
1. Remove the rear door glass from the rear door.
・ Disconnect the linkage and the harness
Note: connector.
・ Remove the 2 bolts, and pull out the rear door 16. Outside handle removal
glass upward.
1. Remove the outside handle from the rear door.
Note:
・ Remove the 2 fixing bolts.
17. Door harness removal
1. Remove the door harness from the rear door.
Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models) 9G-31

reassembly 7. Glass run rear channel installation


1. Install the glass-run rear channel to the rear door.
1. Door harness installation
Note:
1. Install the door harness to the rear door.
・ Install the bolt.
2. Outside handle installation
8. Outer waist seal installation
1. Install the outside handle to the rear door.
1. Install the outer waist seal to the rear door.
Note:
9. Inside lever installation
・ Tighten the fixing bolt to the specified torque.
1. Connect the inside lever to the door lock cable.
Tightening torque: 9 N・m { 0.9 kgf・m / 80 lb・in }
10. Weather strip installation
3. Door lock assembly installation
1. Install the weather strip to the rear door.
1. Install the door lock assembly to the rear door.
Note:
Note:
・ Install the clip.
・ Install the 3 fixing screws and the bolt.
・ Connect the linkage and the harness 11. Water proof sheet installation
connector. 1. Install the water proof sheet to the rear door.
4. Glass run installation 12. Speaker assembly installation
1. Install the glass-run to the rear door. 1. Install the speaker assembly to the rear door.
5. Rear door window regulator installation Note:
1. Install the window regulator to the rear door. ・ Connect the connector, and install the fixing
bolt.
Note:
・ Install the 4 fixing bolts. 13. Bracket installation
・ The following applies to the models with the 1. Install the bracket to the rear door.
power window.
Note:
・ Connect the power window motor connector.
・ Install the 2 screws.
6. Rear door glass installation
14. Rear door trim panel installation
1. Install the rear door glass to the rear door.
1. Install the rear door trim panel to the rear door.
Note:
Note:
・ Install the rear door glass to the window
・ Install the clips on 7 locations on the rear door
regulator using the 2 bolts.
trim panel.
・ Install the screws and close the cover.
・ Install the clip on the rear top of the rear door
trim panel.
9G-32 Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models)
1. Install the door pull case to the rear door.
Note:
・ Install the screws.
17. Window regulator handle installation
Note:
・ The following applies to the models without the
power window.
1. Install the window regulator handle to the rear door.
Note:
・ When closing the rear door glass, install the
window regulator handle as shown in the
diagram.

1. Screw
2. Clip
3. Clip positions

15. Power window switch installation


Note:
・ The following applies to the models with the
power window.
1. Install the power window switch to the rear door.
Note:
・ Connect the connector, and install the power
window switch.
・ Install the screws.
1. 45°

16. Door pull case installation


Note:
・ The following applies to the models without the
power window.
Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models) 9G-33

installation
1. Rear door assembly (crew cab) installation
1. Align the rear door assembly to the body.
2. Install the hinge bolt to the hinge and the rear door.
Note:
・ Install the upper side hinge bolt.
・ Install the lower side hinge bolt.
Tightening torque: 34 N・m { 3.5 kgf・m / 25 lb・ft }
3. Install the door check arm to the body.
Note:
・ Install the check arm screw.
Tightening torque: 24 N・m { 2.4 kgf・m / 18 lb・ft }
2. Door harness connect
1. Connect the door harness to the rear body harness.
Note:
・ Connect the door harness connector, and
install the center pillar lower trim cover.
9G-34 Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models)

setting
1. Door hinge adjustment
1. Adjust the rear door assembly.
Note:
・ The door position can be adjusted by moving
the door hinge.
・ Before making adjustments, temporarily fit up
the door.
・ When adjusting the clearance between the
door and the body, loosen the hinge of the
door bolt.
・ Loosen the hinge of the body bolt, and adjust
the clearance between the door and the body.

2. Door striker adjustment


1. Adjust the rear door assembly.
Note:
・ Loosen the screw of the door striker, and place
a wooden piece over the door striker and tap it
with a hammer to adjust the position of the
door striker.
・ By moving the position of the door striker up
and down to make the bottom surface of the
dovetail in parallel with the door striker, it can
be adjusted properly.
Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models) 9G-35

Front under guard

removal
1. Front under guard removal
Note:
・ The following applies to 2WD.
1. Remove the front under guard from the frame.
Note:
・ Remove the 5 bolts and the clip.

1. Bolt
2. Clip

Note:
・ The following applies to 4WD.
2. Remove the front under guard from the frame.
Note:
・ Remove the 5 bolts.
3. Remove the rear under guard from the frame.
Note:
・ Remove the 4 bolts.
9G-36 Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models)

installation
1. Front under guard installation
Note:
・ The following applies to 2WD.
1. Install the front under guard to the frame.
Note:
・ Tighten the clip and the 5 bolts.

1. Bolt
2. Clip

Note:
・ The following applies to 4WD.
2. Install the front under guard to the frame.
Note:
・ Tighten the 4 bolts.
3. Install the rear under guard to the frame.
Note:
・ Tighten the 5 bolts.
Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models) 9G-37

Side access panel assembly (extend cab)

removal
1. Door harness disconnect
1. Disconnect the door harness from the rear body
harness.
Note:
・ Remove the rear lower trim cover, and
disconnect the door harness connector.
2. Side access panel assembly (extend cab) removal
1. Remove the door check arm from the body.
Note:
・ Remove the check arm screw.
2. Remove the hinge bolt from the side access panel.
Note:
・ Remove the lower side hinge bolt.
・ Place a wooden block under the door for
protection, and support the side access panel
assembly by hand.

1. Wooden block

Note:
・ Remove the upper side hinge bolt.
3. Lower the side access panel assembly.
9G-38 Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models)

disassembly Note:
・ Disconnect the door lock cable.
1. Door trim panel removal
・ Remove the 3 fixing screws and the bolt.
1. Remove the door pull case from the side access ・ Disconnect the linkage and the harness
panel. connector.
Note:
・ Remove the screws.
2. Remove the bezel from the side access panel.
3. Remove the seat belt lower anchor bolt from the side
access panel.
4. Remove the door trim panel from the side access
panel.
Note:
・ Pull out the clips at 13 locations on the trim
panel.

1. Linkage clip

2. Remove the upper lock assembly from the side


access panel.
Note:
・ Remove the 3 fixing bolts, and pull out the
linkage and the harness connector upward.
3. Remove the lower lock assembly from the side
access panel.
Note:
・ Remove the 3 fixing bolts, and pull out the
1. Clip positions linkage and the harness connector downward.
2. Rear tongue side seat belt removal 5. Weather strip removal
1. Remove the rear tongue side seat belt from the side 1. Remove the weather strip from the side access panel.
access panel. Note:
Note: ・ Remove the clip and double-sided tape.
・ Remove the 2 anchor bolts, and disconnect ・ Clean the weather strip area of the side
the harness connector. access panel so that no double-sided tape
3. Bracket removal remains on it.
・ Wipe off the cement remaining on the side
1. Remove the bracket from the side access panel. access panel with a soft cloth and lead-free
Note: gasoline.
・ Remove the 2 bolts.
4. Door lock assembly removal
1. Remove the door lock assembly from the side access
panel.
Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models) 9G-39

1. Outside weather strip 1. Quarter window glass


2. Side access panel 2. Screw
3. Front-side weather strip 3. Clip
4. Double-sided tape
3. Remove the weather strip from the quarter window
6. Quarter window glass removal glass.
1. Remove the hinge from the quarter window glass. 7. Door harness removal
1. Remove the door harness from the side access panel.

1. Hinge
2. Screw
3. Cap nut
4. Bolt

2. Remove the quarter window glass from the side


access panel.
Note:
・ Remove the 2 screws and 2 clips.
9G-40 Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models)

reassembly
1. Door harness installation
1. Install the door harness to the side access panel.
2. Quarter window glass installation
1. Install the weather strip to the quarter window glass.
Note:
・ Install the weather strip by aligning its corner
with the white mark with the upper corner of
the side access panel.
2. Install the quarter window glass to the side access
panel.
Note:
・ Install the 2 screws and 2 clips.

1. Hinge
2. Screw
3. Cap nut
4. Bolt

3. Weather strip installation


1. Install the weather strip to the side access panel.
Note:
・ Install the clip and double-sided tape.

1. Quarter window glass


2. Screw
3. Clip

3. Install the hinge to the quarter window glass.

1. Outside weather strip


2. Side access panel
3. Front-side weather strip
4. Double-sided tape

4. Door lock assembly installation


1. Install the lower lock assembly to the side access
panel.
Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models) 9G-41
Note:
・ Tighten the fixing bolt to the specified torque.
Tightening torque: 7 N・m { 0.7 kgf・m / 62 lb・in }

1. Upper lock assembly


2. Lock cable
3. Harness connector
4. Door lock assembly
1. Lower lock assembly
3. Install the door lock assembly to the side access
2. Door lock assembly
panel.
3. Lock cable
4. Harness connector Note:
・ Tighten the fixing bolt to the specified torque.
2. Install the upper lock assembly to the side access
panel. Tightening torque: 11 N・m { 1.1 kgf・m / 97 lb・in }
Note: Note:
・ Tighten the fixing bolt to the specified torque. ・ Connect the linkage and the harness
connector.
Tightening torque: 11 N・m { 1.1 kgf・m / 97 lb・in }
5. Bracket installation
1. Install the bracket to the side access panel.
Note:
・ Install the 2 bolts.
6. Rear tongue side seat belt installation
1. Install the rear tongue side seat belt to the side access
panel.
Note:
・ Connect the harness connector, and install the
2 anchor bolts.
Tightening torque: 46 N・m { 4.7 kgf・m / 34 lb・ft }
9G-42 Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models)
7. Door trim panel installation
1. Install the door trim panel to the side access panel.
Note:
・ Install the clips on 13 locations on the trim
panel.

1. Clip positions

2. Install the seat belt lower anchor bolt to the side


access panel.
Tightening torque: 46 N・m { 4.7 kgf・m / 34 lb・ft }
3. Install the bezel to the side access panel.
4. Install the door pull case to the side access panel.
Note:
・ Install the screws.
Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models) 9G-43

installation
1. Side access panel assembly (extend cab) installation
1. Align the side access panel assembly to the body.
2. Install the hinge bolt to the hinge and the side access
panel.
Note:
・ Install the upper side hinge bolt.
・ Install the lower side hinge bolt.
Tightening torque: 34 N・m { 3.5 kgf・m / 25 lb・ft }
3. Install the door check arm to the body.
Note:
・ Install the check arm screw.
Tightening torque: 24 N・m { 2.4 kgf・m / 18 lb・ft }
2. Door harness connect
1. Connect the door harness to the rear body harness.
Note:
・ Connect the door harness connector, and
install the rear lower trim cover.
9G-44 Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models)

setting
1. Door hinge adjustment
1. Adjust the side access panel assembly.
Note:
・ The door position can be adjusted by moving
the door hinge.
・ Before making adjustments, temporarily fit up
the door.
・ When adjusting the clearance between the
door and the body, loosen the hinge of the
door bolt.
・ Loosen the hinge of the body bolt, and adjust
the clearance between the door and the body.

1. Adjust plate
2. Door striker
3. Bolt

Note:
・ Loosen the screw of the door striker, and place
a wooden piece over the door striker and tap it
with a hammer to adjust the position of the
door striker.
・ Adjust the door closing condition properly by
moving the position of the door striker.

2. Door striker adjustment


1. Adjust the side access panel assembly.
Note:
・ Adjust the door closing condition properly by
moving the position of the door striker up and
down through adjusting the thickness of the
adjust plate.

1. Bolt
2. Door striker
Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models) 9G-45

Rear mud guard

removal
1. Front flap removal
Note:
・ The following applies to standard cabs.
1. Remove the front flap from the rear body.
Note:
・ Remove the 3 screws.

1. Screw
2. J-type nut
3. Inner liner
4. Rear mud guard

3. Inner liner removal


1. Remove the inner liner from the rear body.
Note:
・ The following applies to standard cabs with
1. J-type nut front flaps.
2. Inner liner ・ Left side: Remove the 7 clips.
3. Spats ・ Right side: Remove the 6 clips.
4. Screw ・ The following applies to standard cabs without
2. Rear mud guard removal front flaps.
・ Left side: Remove the 10 clips.
Note:
・ Right side: Remove the 9 clips.
・ The following applies to vehicles equipped with
rear mud guards. ・ The following applies to wide cabs.
・ Left side: Remove the 9 clips and the screw.
1. Remove the rear mud guard from the rear body.
・ Right side: Remove the 8 clips and the screw.
Note:
・ Remove the 3 screws.
9G-46 Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models)

installation 3. Front flap installation


Note:
1. Inner liner installation
・ The following applies to standard cabs.
1. Install the inner liner to the rear body.
1. Install the front flap to the rear body.
Note:
Note:
・ The following applies to standard cabs with
front flaps. ・ Install the 3 screws.
・ Left side: Install the 7 clips. ・ Securely insert the J-type nut until it hits the
inner end of the panel.
・ Right side: Install the 6 clips.
・ The following applies to standard cabs without
front flaps.
・ Left side: Install the 10 clips.
・ Right side: Install the 9 clips.
・ The following applies to wide cabs.
・ Left side: Install the 9 clips and the screw.
・ Right side: Install the 8 clips and the screw.
2. Rear mud guard installation
Note:
・ The following applies to vehicles equipped with
rear mud guards.
1. Install the rear mud guard to the rear body.
Note:
・ Tighten the 3 screws to the specified torque.
Tightening torque: 3 N・m { 0.3 kgf・m / 27 lb・in } 1. J-type nut
2. Inner liner
Note: 3. Spats
・ Securely insert the J-type nut until it hits the 4. Screw
inner end of the panel.

1. Screw
2. J-type nut
3. Inner liner
4. Rear mud guard
Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models) 9G-47

Supplementary Information
1. Component Views Note:
・ Rear step bumper, 2WD models

1. Shell 5. Extension harness


2. Reinforcement assembly 6. License plate light assembly
3. Back bar
4. Step pad

Note:
・ Rear step bumper, 4WD models
9G-48 Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models)

1. Center pad 5. Step pad


2. Shell 6. Extension harness
3. Reinforcement assembly 7. License plate light assembly
4. Back bar

Note:
・ Rear mud guard
Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models) 9G-49

1. Inner liner 3. Spats, models with the standard cab spats


2. Rear mud guard, models with the rear mud guard

Note:
・ Front under guard
9G-50 Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models)

1. 2WD 4. Front under guard


2. Front under guard 5. Rear under guard
3. 4WD

Note:
・ Side step
Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models) 9G-51

1. Side step 6. Rear bracket


2. Front cover 7. Rear cover bracket
3. Front cover bracket 8. Rear cover
4. Front bracket
5. Center bracket

Note:
・ Engine hood assembly
9G-52 Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models)

1. Engine hood garnish 4. Bolt


2. Engine hood
3. Nut

Note:
・ Engine hood lock
Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models) 9G-53

1. Radiator grille 4. Cable protector


2. Control cable 5. Engine hood lock assembly
3. Hood lock control lever

Note:
・ Front fender panel
9G-54 Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models)

1. Front fender 4. Inner liner


2. Bumper side retainer 5. Front bumper
3. Mud guard

Note:
・ Front door assembly
Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models) 9G-55

1. Upper side hinge bolt 4. Front door assembly


2. Lower side hinge bolt 5. Check arm
3. Door harness
9G-56 Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models)

1. Front door trim panel 12. Window regulator


2. Power window switch 13. Door lock assembly
3. Door pull case 14. Outside handle
4. Door harness 15. Inside handle
5. Door mirror cover 16. Glass-run rear channel
6. Front door panel 17. Water proof sheet
7. Door mirror assembly 18. Speaker assembly
8. Outer waist seal 19. Bracket
9. Glass-run 20. Check arm
10. Front door weather strip
11. Front door glass

Note:
・ Rear door assembly
Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models) 9G-57

1. Rear door assembly 4. Check arm


2. Upper side hinge 5. Lower side hinge
3. Door harness
9G-58 Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models)

1. Rear door trim panel 11. Rear door glass


2. Power window switch 12. Rear door window regulator
3. Door harness 13. Outside handle
4. Inside lever 14. Glass-run rear channel
5. Door lock assembly 15. Water proof sheet
6. Rear door upper cover 16. Speaker assembly
7. Rear door panel 17. Bracket
8. Outer waist seal 18. Check arm
9. Glass-run
10. Rear door weather strip

Note:
・ Side access panel assembly
Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models) 9G-59

1. Side access panel assembly 4. Lower side hinge


2. Upper side hinge 5. Door harness
3. Check arm
9G-60 Hood, Fenders, Doors (All models)

1. Rear tongue side seat belt 8. Quarter window glass weather strip
2. Door trim panel 9. Striker plate
3. Door pull case 10. Check arm
4. Upper lock assembly 11. Lower lock assembly
5. Side access panel 12. Door lock assembly
6. Quarter window glass 13. Bracket
7. Weather strip
Cab Structure (All models) 9H-1

Body, Cab, Accessories


Cab Structure
(All models)
Table of Contents
Radiator grille..................................................................9H-2
removal.......................................................................9H-2
installation..................................................................9H-3
Front air dam...................................................................9H-4
removal.......................................................................9H-4
installation..................................................................9H-5
Air outlet valve................................................................9H-6
removal.......................................................................9H-6
installation..................................................................9H-7
Front bumper...................................................................9H-8
removal.......................................................................9H-8
installation................................................................9H-10
Supplementary Information..........................................9H-12
9H-2 Cab Structure (All models)

Radiator grille

removal
1. Radiator grille removal
1. Remove the radiator grille from vehicle.
Note:
・ Remove the screws.
・ Remove the 4 clips.

1. Screw
2. Clip
Cab Structure (All models) 9H-3

installation
1. Radiator grille installation
1. Install the radiator grille to vehicle.
Note:
・ Put the claw of the radiator grille in the
installation hole of the front bumper shown in
the diagram.

1. Radiator grille

Note:
・ Install the 4 clips.
・ Install the screws.

1. Screw
2. Clip
9H-4 Cab Structure (All models)

Front air dam

removal
1. Front air dam removal
1. Remove the front air dam from the front bumper.
Note:
・ Remove the bolt and the clip.
・ The following applies to the standard cab.
・ The front air dam can be divided.
Cab Structure (All models) 9H-5

installation
1. Front air dam installation
1. Install the front air dam to the front bumper.
Note:
・ Securely insert the J-type clip all the way.
・ Install the clip, and tighten the bolt at the
specified torque.
Tightening torque: 3 N・m { 0.3 kgf・m / 27 lb・in }
Bolt
9H-6 Cab Structure (All models)

Air outlet valve

removal
1. Air outlet valve removal
1. Install the air outlet valve to the cab.
Cab Structure (All models) 9H-7

installation
1. Air outlet valve installation
1. Install the air outlet valve to the cab.
9H-8 Cab Structure (All models)

Front bumper

removal 1. Remove the bumper seal from vehicle.


Note:
1. Radiator grille removal
・ Remove the 6 clips on one side.
1. Remove the radiator grille from vehicle.
Note:
・ Remove the screws.
・ Remove the 4 clips.

1. Upper bumper seal


2. Lower bumper seal

2. Remove the front bumper support from vehicle.

1. Screw
2. Clip

2. Front bumper assembly removal


1. Remove the front bumper assembly from vehicle.
Note:
・ Remove the 10 clips.

3. Remove the front bumper impact bar assembly from


vehicle.

3. Front bumper impact bar assembly removal


Cab Structure (All models) 9H-9

4. Bumper frame bracket removal


1. Remove the bumper frame bracket from vehicle.
Note:
・ Remove the fascia support side bracket.
・ Remove the fascia support lower bracket.

1. Fascia support side bracket


2. Fascia support lower bracket
9H-10 Cab Structure (All models)

installation
1. Bumper frame bracket installation
1. Install the bumper frame bracket to vehicle.
Note:
・ Install the fascia support lower bracket.
・ Install the fascia support side bracket.

3. Install the bumper seal to vehicle.


Note:
・ Install the 6 clips on one side.

1. Fascia support side bracket


2. Fascia support lower bracket

2. Front bumper impact bar assembly installation


1. Install the front bumper impact bar assembly to
vehicle.
Note:
・ Tighten the fixing bolt to the specified torque.
Tightening torque: 62 N・m { 6.3 kgf・m / 46 lb・ft }

1. Upper bumper seal


2. Lower bumper seal

3. Fog light installation


Note:
・ The following applies to the models equipped
with the fog light.
1. Install the fog light to the front bumper.
Note:
・ Tighten the fixing nut to the specified torque.

2. Install the front bumper support to vehicle.


Cab Structure (All models) 9H-11

1. Nut 1. Radiator grille

Tightening torque: 7 N・m { 0.7 kgf・m / 62 lb・in } Note:


4. Front bumper assembly installation ・ Install the 4 clips.
・ Install the screws.
1. Install the front bumper assembly to vehicle.
Note:
・ Install the 10 clips.

1. Screw
2. Clip

5. Radiator grille installation


1. Install the radiator grille to vehicle.
Note:
・ Put the claw of the radiator grille in the
installation hole of the front bumper shown in
the diagram.
9H-12 Cab Structure (All models)

Supplementary Information
1. Component Views Note:
・ Front bumper

1. Radiator grille 5. Fascia support side bracket


2. Front bumper fascia 6. Fascia support lower bracket
3. Front bumper support
4. Front bumper impact bar assembly

Note: ・ Standard cab


・ Front air dam
Cab Structure (All models) 9H-13

1. Front air dam 4. Clip


2. J-type clip
3. Bolt

Note:
・ Wide cab

1. Left-side front air dam 4. Clip


2. J-type clip 5. Bolt
3. Right-side front air dam

Note:
・ Radiator grille
9H-14 Cab Structure (All models)

1. Radiator grille 3. Screw


2. Clip

Note:
・ Air outlet valve

1. Air outlet valve


Seats (All models) 9I-1

Body, Cab, Accessories


Seats
(All models)
Table of Contents
Rear seat ...........................................................................9I-2
removal.........................................................................9I-2
installation....................................................................9I-3
Front seat..........................................................................9I-4
removal.........................................................................9I-4
installation....................................................................9I-7
Supplementary Information............................................9I-11
9I-2 Seats (All models)

Rear seat

removal
1. Rear seat removal
1. Remove the rear seat from vehicle.
Note:
・ Remove the cover.
・ Pull the tip-up strap to throw up the seat
cushion, and remove the 3 bolts.
・ Pull the seat back folding strap to lower the
seat back, and remove the 3 nuts.
・ Pull out the buckle side rear seat belt from the
elastomer band of the seat back.

1. Rear seat cushion, right side


2. Rear seat back
3. Rear seat cushion, right side
4. Hinge bracket, right side
5. Hinge bracket, center
6. Hinge bracket, left side

1. Rear seat
2. Cover
3. Seat back folding strap
4. Nut
5. Bolt
6. Tip-up strap

2. Rear seat back removal


1. Remove the rear seat back from the rear seat
cushion.
Note:
・ Remove the headrest.
・ Remove the bolt and the nut, and remove the
rear seat back and hinge bracket.
Seats (All models) 9I-3

installation
1. Rear seat back installation
1. Install the rear seat back to the rear seat cushion.
Note:
・ Tighten the hinge bracket with the screw and
the nut to the specified torque.
Tightening torque: 21 N・m { 2.1 kgf・m / 15 lb・ft }

1. Rear seat
2. Side cover
3. Folding strap
4. Nut
5. Bolt
6. Tip-up strap

Note:
・ When passing the seat belt through the
elastomer band of the seat cushion, pass the
1. Rear seat cushion, right side belt downward through the band, making the
2. Rear seat back belt cross as shown in the diagram.
3. Rear seat cushion, left side
4. Hinge bracket, right side
5. Hinge bracket, center
6. Hinge bracket, left side

2. Rear seat installation


1. Install the rear seat to vehicle.
Note:
・ Install the side cover.
・ Tighten the bolt and the nut to the specified
torque.
Tightening torque: 46 N・m { 4.7 kgf・m / 34 lb・ft }

1. Rear seat back


2. Buckle side rear seat belt, left side
3. Buckle side rear seat belt, right side
4. Elastomer band
9I-4 Seats (All models)

Front seat

removal
1. Front seat removal
1. Remove the front seat from vehicle.
Note:
・ Except for regular cabs, remove the rear
cover.
・ Remove the 4 bolts.

1. Seat belt switch harness connector


1. Front seat
2. Rear cover, except for regular cabs 2. Remove the driver seat belt buckle from the driver
seat.
Note:
・ Disconnect the seat belt warning harness Note:
connector. ・ Remove the driver seat belt buckle mounting
・ For vehicles equipped with power seats, bolt.
disconnect the power seat harness.
・ The following applies to the bench seat.
・ Draw out the front buckle side center seat belt
from the seat hole of the bench seat cushion
and drop it on the floor.
・ Remove the front tongue side center seat belt
from the seat band of the bench seat.
2. Buckle side driver seat belt removal
1. Disconnect the harness connector from the driver
seat.
Note:
・ Disconnect the seat belt switch harness
connector.

1. Driver seat belt buckle


Seats (All models) 9I-5
3. Buckle side passenger seat belt removal
1. Remove the passenger seat belt buckle from the
passenger seat.
Note:
・ Remove the passenger seat belt buckle
mounting bolt.

1. Side cover, the passenger seat-inside


2. Side cover, the passenger seat-outside

Note:
・ Bench seat

1. Passenger seat belt buckle

4. Front seat back removal


1. Remove the front seat back from the front seat.
Note:
・ Remove the headrest.
・ Remove the lever knob.
・ For bucket seats with a seat lifter mechanism,
remove the cap and lifter lever.
・ Remove the side cover.
・ Bucket seat, bucket seat with a seat lifter
mechanism

1. Side cover, inside


2. Side cover, outside
3. Lever knob

Note:
・ Power seat
9I-6 Seats (All models)

1. Side cover, outside


2. Side cover, inside
3. Switch knob

Note:
・ Remove the J hook of the seat back trim.
・ Remove the 4 bolts, and remove the seat
back.
5. Seat slide adjuster removal
Note:
・ The following applies to the bucket seat.
1. Remove the seat slide adjuster from the front seat.
Note:
・ Remove the 4 fixing nuts inside the slide
adjuster.
・ Remove the 3 fixing nuts outside the slide
adjuster.
Seats (All models) 9I-7

installation
1. Seat slide adjuster installation
1. Install the seat slide adjuster to the front seat.
Note:
・ Tighten the 4 fixing nuts inside the slide
adjuster to the specified torque.
・ Tighten the 3 fixing nuts outside the slide
adjuster to the specified torque.
Tightening torque: 21 N・m { 2.1 kgf・m / 15 lb・ft }
2. Front seat back installation
1. Install the front seat back to the front seat.
Note:
・ Tighten the 4 bolts to the specified torque.
Tightening torque: 46 N・m { 4.7 kgf・m / 34 lb・ft } 1. Side cover, inside
Note: 2. Side cover, outside
3. Lever knob
・ Install the side cover.
・ Bucket seat, bucket seat with a seat lifter Note:
mechanism ・ Power seat

1. Side cover, the passenger seat-inside 1. Side cover, outside


2. Side cover, the passenger seat-outside 2. Side cover, inside
3. Switch knob
Note:
・ Bench seat Note:
・ Install the lever knob.
3. Buckle side driver seat belt installation
1. Install the driver seat belt buckle to the driver seat.
Note:
・ Install the driver seat belt buckle mounting
bolt.
9I-8 Seats (All models)
Tightening torque: 40.0 N・m { 4.1 kgf・m / 30 lb・ 4. Buckle side passenger seat belt installation
ft }
1. Install the passenger seat belt buckle to the passenger
seat.
Note:
・ Install the passenger seat belt buckle
mounting bolt.
Tightening torque: 40.0 N・m { 4.1 kgf・m / 30 lb・
ft }

1. Driver seat belt buckle

2. Connect the harness connector to the driver seat.


Note:
・ Connect the seat belt switch harness
connector.

1. Passenger seat belt buckle

5. Front seat installation


1. Install the front seat to the floor panel.
Note:
・ Install the bolt to the specified torque.
Tightening torque: 46 N・m { 4.7 kgf・m / 34 lb・ft }
Note:
・ The following applies to the driver seat side.
・ Connect the harness connector to the dash
harness.
・ Connect the seat belt warning harness
connector.

1. Seat belt switch harness connector


Seats (All models) 9I-9
3. Front tongue side center seat belt
4. Driver seat
5. Seat hole

1. Front seat
2. Rear cover, except for regular cabs

Note:
・ Except for regular cabs, install the rear cover
to the seat slide adjuster.
・ The following applies to the bench seat.
・ The front tongue side center seat belt is
tightened together with the driver seat by using
the driver seat fixing bolt.
・ Cross the center seat belt buckle from the
back side of the passenger seat buckle.
・ Pass the front buckle side center seat belt 1. Center seat belt buckle
through the seat hole of the seat cushion. 2. Passenger seat belt buckle
・ Completely pull out each seat belt buckle of
the front buckle side center seat belt from the Note:
cushion surface. ・ Pass the front tongue side center seat belt
through the seat band of the bench seat, and
attach the webbing loop to the seat band.

1. Front bench seat


2. Front buckle side center seat belt
9I-10 Seats (All models)
1. Front tongue side center seat belt
2. Bench seat
3. Seat band
4. Webbing loop
Seats (All models) 9I-11

Supplementary Information
1. Component Views Note:
・ Front seat, power seat

1. Seat cushion assembly 5. Headrest


2. Switch knob 6. Buckle side seat belt
3. Side cover, outside 7. Side cover, inside
4. Seat back

Note:
・ Front seat, bucket seat with a seat lifter
mechanism
9I-12 Seats (All models)

1. Seat slide adjuster 6. Seat back


2. Seat cushion 7. Headrest
3. Side cover, outside 8. Buckle side seat belt
4. Cap, seat lifter lever 9. Side cover, inside
5. Lever knob

Note:
・ Front seat, bucket seat
Seats (All models) 9I-13

1. Seat slide adjuster 6. Headrest


2. Seat cushion 7. Side cover, outside
3. Buckle side seat belt 8. Lever knob
4. Side cover, inside
5. Seat back

Note:
・ Front seat, bench seat
9I-14 Seats (All models)

1. Seat back 5. Seat cushion


2. Headrest 6. Side cover, inside
3. Side cover, outside
4. Lever knob

Note:
・ Rear seat
Seats (All models) 9I-15

1. Seat cushion, right side 7. Side cover, left side


2. Hinge bracket, right side 8. Hinge bracket, center
3. Side cover, right side 9. Hinge bracket, left side
4. Seat back 10. Seat cushion, left side
5. Headrest 11. Tip-up strap
6. Folding strap
Security and Locks (All models) 9J-1

Body, Cab, Accessories


Security and Locks
(All models)
Table of Contents
Remote controller key......................................................9J-2
disassembly..................................................................9J-2
reassembly....................................................................9J-3
setting...........................................................................9J-4
ICU...................................................................................9J-6
removal........................................................................9J-6
installation....................................................................9J-7
setting...........................................................................9J-8
Fuel filler lid opener lever..............................................9J-10
removal......................................................................9J-10
installation..................................................................9J-13
Anti theft horn................................................................9J-16
removal......................................................................9J-16
inspection...................................................................9J-17
installation..................................................................9J-18
Supplementary Information............................................9J-19
9J-2 Security and Locks (All models)

Remote controller key

disassembly
1. Remote controller key disassembly
1. Remove the key ring from the remote controller key.
2. Open the key cover using the coin.
3. Remove the transmitter from the remote controller
key.
4. Remove the battery cover from the transmitter.
5. Remove the battery from the transmitter.

1. Key cover
2. Battery cover
3. Transmitter
4. Key
5. Key ring
6. Battery
7. Battery holder
Security and Locks (All models) 9J-3

reassembly
1. Remote controller key reassembly
1. Install the battery to the transmitter.
Note:
・ Install a new battery CR1620 with the positive
(+) side up.
2. Install the battery cover to the transmitter.
3. Install the transmitter to the remote controller key.
4. Close the key cover.
5. Install the key ring to the remote controller key.

1. Key cover
2. Battery cover
3. Transmitter
4. Key
5. Key ring
6. Battery
7. Battery holder
9J-4 Security and Locks (All models)

setting ・ The following is when not using a scan tool

1. Remote controller key setting Caution:


・ Close the all doors, and unlock the doors.
New registration of ID code
・ Pull out the ignition key from the ignition
Note: switch.
・ Clear all of the registered ID code, and then
Note:
register a new ID code.
・ Open the driver side front door, and insert the
・ The following is when using a scan tool
ignition key to the ignition switch.
1. Connect a scan tool to the DLC. ・ Repeatedly turn the ignition switch to ON and
2. Turn ON the ignition switch. OFF 3 times within 5 seconds.
3. Select the Diagnostics. ・ After turning the ignition switch to ON and
OFF, repeat closing and then opening the
4. Select the Body. driver side front door 2 times within 5 seconds.
5. Select Remote Keyless Entry Transmitter. ・ After opening and closing the doors,
repeatedly turn the ignition switch to ON and
6. Select Remote Keyless Entry Transmitter
OFF 2 times within 10 seconds.
Registration Delete.
・ Operate the LOCK/UNLOCK button of the
Note: transmitter to check the operation.
・ Follow the directions on the screen and delete
Caution:
the ID codes.
・ Confirm the operation sound of the actuator.
・ Confirm that the value displayed for "The
number of registered keys" is 0. 2. Remote controller key setting 2nd
7. Select Remote Keyless Entry Registration Mode Additional registration of ID code
TimeOut Time and ID Reception Setting. Note:
8. Check Registration Mode Timeout of a scan tool. ・ Register the new ID code received to the
Note: registered ID code as additional code.
・ Follow the directions on the screen and write ・ When the total registered and newly registered
the given values. ID codes exceed 5, they will be deleted
starting with the oldest code.
9. Select Remote Keyless Entry Transmitter
・ The following is when using a scan tool
Registration.
1. Connect a scan tool to the DLC.
Note:
・ Follow the directions on the screen and 2. Turn ON the ignition switch.
confirm that the "Registration Complete" Note:
message displays. ・ Use the newly added remote control key to
10. Operate the remote controller key. turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
Note: 3. Select the Diagnostics.
・ With the remote control key inserted into the 4. Select the Body.
ignition switch, press the Lock button or
Unlock button 5 times. 5. Select Remote Keyless Entry Transmitter.

Caution: 6. Select Remote Keyless Entry Transmitter


Registration.
・ This procedure must be completed within the
given time written in step 8. Note:
・ Confirm that the value displayed for "The ・ Follow the directions on the screen and
number of registered keys" has been added. confirm that the "Do you want to register
another Transmitter?" message displays.
Note:
・ Remove the remote control key from the 7. Operate the remote controller key.
ignition switch and confirm if the Lock and
Unlock buttons operate properly.
Security and Locks (All models) 9J-5
Note: ・ The number of blinks of the hazard light is the
・ With the remote control key inserted into the number of registered ID codes.
ignition switch, press the Lock button or
Unlock button 5 times.
Caution:
・ This procedure must be completed within the
given time written in "Registration Mode
Timeout."
・ Confirm that the value displayed for "The
number of registered keys" has been added.
Note:
・ Remove the remote control key from the
ignition switch and confirm if the Lock and
Unlock buttons operate properly.
・ The following is when not using a scan tool
・ Close the all doors, and unlock the doors.
・ Pull out the ignition key from the ignition
switch.
・ Open the driver side front door, and insert the
ignition key to the ignition switch.
・ Repeatedly turn the ignition switch to ON and
OFF 3 times within 5 seconds.
・ After turning the ignition switch to ON and
OFF, close and then open the driver side front
door within 5 seconds.
・ After the door opening and closing operation,
turn the ignition switch to ON and OFF within
10 seconds.
・ Confirm that the hazard light blinks 3 times.
・ Operate the LOCK/UNLOCK button of the
transmitter to check the operation.
Caution:
・ Confirm the operation sound of the actuator.
ID code check
Note:
・ Confirm the number of registered ID codes
with this mode.
・ Close the all doors, and unlock the doors.
・ Pull out the ignition key from the ignition
switch.
・ Insert the ignition key into the ignition switch
and then pull it out 2 times, and then leave the
key inserted at the third time.
Caution:
・ This procedure must be completed within 5
seconds.
Note:
・ Count the blinks of hazard light.
9J-6 Security and Locks (All models)

ICU

removal 2. Steering lock

1. Battery ground cable disconnect


1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. Steering cowl removal
1. Remove the steering cowl from the steering column.

1. Steering cowl upper


2. Steering cowl lower

3. ICU removal
1. Disconnect the harness connector from the ICU.
2. Remove the ICU from the steering lock.
Note:
・ Remove the 2 screws.

1. ICU
Security and Locks (All models) 9J-7

installation 3. Battery ground cable connect


1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
1. ICU installation
1. Install the ICU to the steering lock.
Note:
・ Install the 2 screws.

1. ICU
2. Steering lock

2. Connect the harness connector to the ICU.


2. Steering cowl installation
1. Install the steering cowl to the steering column.
Caution:
・ When installing the steering cowl, be careful
not to pinch the harness by the cowl.

1. Steering cowl upper


2. Steering cowl lower
9J-8 Security and Locks (All models)

setting Caution:
・ When the ICU and ECM are reset at the same
1. ICU setting time, the transponder key must be replaced.
Transponder key erasure procedure 7. Connect a scan tool to the DLC.
1. Connect a scan tool to the DLC. 8. Turn ON the ignition switch.
2. Turn ON the ignition switch. Note:
Note: ・ On a scan tool, select Reset Immobilizer in
・ On a scan tool, select Erase Transponder- Additional Functions.
Keys in Additional Functions. ・ Operate following the on-screen instructions.
・ Operate following the on-screen instructions. Caution:
Caution: ・ An incorrect security code input causes a
・ An incorrect security code input causes a security wait time.
security wait time. ・ When turning the ignition switch to ON or OFF,
・ When turning the ignition switch to ON or OFF, wait at least 5 seconds between ON and OFF.
wait at least 5 seconds between ON and OFF. 9. Turn OFF the ignition switch.
3. Turn OFF the ignition switch. Note:
Note: ・ After the ICU reset is completed, turn OFF the
・ After the transponder key erasure is ignition switch for 30 seconds.
completed, turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 ・ Confirm that the engine does not start with all
seconds. transponder keys.
・ Confirm that the engine does not start with all ICU programming procedure
transponder keys.
10. Connect a scan tool to the DLC.
Transponder key programming procedure
11. Turn ON the ignition switch.
4. Connect a scan tool to the DLC.
Note:
5. Turn ON the ignition switch.
・ On a scan tool, select Program Immobilizer
Note: Function in Programming.
・ On a scan tool, select Program Transponder- ・ Operate following the on-screen instructions.
Keys in Programming.
Caution:
・ Operate following the on-screen instructions.
・ An incorrect security code input causes a
Caution: security wait time.
・ An incorrect security code input causes a ・ When turning the ignition switch to ON or OFF,
security wait time. wait at least 5 seconds between ON and OFF.
・ When turning the ignition switch to ON or OFF, ・ Keep the transponder key to be programmed
wait at least 5 seconds between ON and OFF. away from other keys, other transponder keys,
・ Keep the transponder key to be programmed key number plates, and any other metal items.
away from other keys, other transponder keys, 12. Turn OFF the ignition switch.
key number plates, and any other metal items.
Note:
6. Turn OFF the ignition switch.
・ After the ICU programming is completed, turn
Note: OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds.
・ After the transponder key programming is ・ Confirm that the engine can be started with all
completed, turn OFF the ignition switch for 30 transponder keys.
seconds.
ECM reset procedure
・ Confirm that the engine can be started with all
transponder keys. Caution:
・ When the ICU and ECM are reset at the same
ICU reset procedure
time, the transponder key must be replaced.
13. Connect a scan tool to the DLC.
Security and Locks (All models) 9J-9
14. Turn ON the ignition switch. Note:
Note: ・ On a scan tool, select Program Immobilizer
Function in Programming.
・ On a scan tool, select Reset Engine Control
Module in Additional Functions. ・ Operate following the on-screen instructions.
・ Operate following the on-screen instructions. Caution:
Caution: ・ An incorrect security code input causes a
security wait time.
・ An incorrect security code input causes a
security wait time. ・ When turning the ignition switch to ON or OFF,
wait at least 5 seconds between ON and OFF.
・ When turning the ignition switch to ON or OFF,
wait at least 5 seconds between ON and OFF. ・ Keep the transponder key to be programmed
away from other keys, other transponder keys,
15. Turn OFF the ignition switch. key number plates, and any other metal items.
Note: 21. Turn OFF the ignition switch.
・ After the ECM reset is completed, turn OFF
Note:
the ignition switch for 30 seconds.
・ After programmings for the ICU, ECM and all
・ Confirm that the engine does not start with all
transponder keys are completed, turn OFF the
transponder keys.
ignition switch for 30 seconds.
ECM programming procedure ・ Confirm that the engine can be started with all
16. Connect a scan tool to the DLC. transponder keys.
17. Turn ON the ignition switch.
Note:
・ On a scan tool, select Program Immobilizer
Function in Programming.
・ Operate following the on-screen instructions.
Caution:
・ An incorrect security code input causes a
security wait time.
・ When turning the ignition switch to ON or OFF,
wait at least 5 seconds between ON and OFF.
・ Keep the transponder key to be programmed
away from other keys, other transponder keys,
key number plates, and any other metal items.
18. Turn OFF the ignition switch.
Note:
・ After the ECM programming is completed, turn
OFF the ignition switch for 30 seconds.
・ Confirm that the engine can be started with all
transponder keys.
ICU & ECM programming procedure
Caution:
・ When the ICU and ECM are replaced at the
same time, the transponder key must be
replaced.
19. Connect a scan tool to the DLC.
20. Turn ON the ignition switch.
9J-10 Security and Locks (All models)

Fuel filler lid opener lever

removal Note:
・ Crew cab
1. Sill plate removal
1. Remove the sill plate from the floor.
Note:
・ Remove clips from the body panel.
・ Regular cab

1. Front sill plate


2. Rear sill plate
3. Clip

2. Front tongue side seat belt removal


Note:
1. Sill plate ・ The following applies to crew cab model.
2. Clip
1. Remove the seat belt lower anchor bolt from the
Note: center pillar.
・ Extend cab

1. Seat belt lower anchor bolt


1. Sill plate
2. Clip 3. Center pillar lower trim cover removal
Note:
・ The following applies to crew cab model.
Security and Locks (All models) 9J-11
1. Remove the center pillar lower trim cover from the Note:
center pillar. ・ The following applies to standard cabs.
Note: 1. Remove the front flap from the rear body.
・ Remove clips from the body panel.
Note:
・ Remove the 3 screws.

1. Clip

4. Fuel filler lid opener lever removal 1. J-type nut


2. Inner liner
1. Remove the fuel filler lid opener lever from the
3. Spats
instrument panel driver-side lower cover.
4. Screw
Note:
6. Rear mud guard removal
・ Remove the 2 screws, and disconnect the
cable. Note:
・ The following applies to vehicles equipped with
rear mud guards.
1. Remove the rear mud guard from the rear body.
Note:
・ Remove the 3 screws.

1. Fuel filler lid opener lever


2. Fuel filler lid cable
3. Screw

5. Front flap removal


9J-12 Security and Locks (All models)
1. Screw
2. J-type nut
3. Inner liner
4. Rear mud guard

7. Inner liner removal


1. Remove the inner liner from the rear body.
Note:
・ The following applies to standard cabs with
front flaps.
・ Left side: Remove the 7 clips.
・ The following applies to standard cabs without
front flaps.
・ Left side: Remove the 10 clips.
・ The following applies to wide cabs.
・ Left side: Remove the 9 clips and the screw.
8. Fuel filler lid cable assembly removal
1. Remove the fuel filler lid cable assembly from
vehicle.
Note:
・ Push out the grommet toward the front of the
vehicle and remove the cable assembly.
・ Remove the fixing clip, and turn the cable
holder counterclockwise by 90° to remove it
from the rear body.

1. Cable holder
Security and Locks (All models) 9J-13

installation Note:
・ Tighten the 3 screws to the specified torque.
1. Fuel filler lid cable assembly installation
Tightening torque: 3 N・m { 0.3 kgf・m / 27 lb・in }
1. Install the fuel filler lid cable assembly to vehicle.
Note:
Caution:
・ Securely insert the J-type nut until it hits the
・ Do not bend the cable excessively. inner end of the panel.
・ Install the cable from the inside of the cab.
Note:
・ Push the grommet into the back panel.
・ Fasten the clip in the specified position.
・ Insert the cable holder of the fuel filler lid cable
assembly into the rear body, and turn it
clockwise by 90° to install it.

1. Screw
2. J-type nut
3. Inner liner
4. Rear mud guard

4. Front flap installation


Note:
・ The following applies to standard cabs.
1. Cable holder
1. Install the front flap to the rear body.
2. Inner liner installation
Note:
1. Install the inner liner to the rear body. ・ Install the 3 screws.
Note: ・ Securely insert the J-type nut until it hits the
・ The following applies to standard cabs with inner end of the panel.
front flaps.
・ Left side: Install the 7 clips.
・ The following applies to standard cabs without
front flaps.
・ Left side: Install the 10 clips.
・ The following applies to wide cabs.
・ Left side: Install the 9 clips and the screw.
3. Rear mud guard installation
Note:
・ The following applies to vehicles equipped with
rear mud guards.
1. Install the rear mud guard to the rear body.
9J-14 Security and Locks (All models)
1. Install the center pillar lower trim cover to the center
pillar.

1. J-type nut
2. Inner liner
3. Spats
1. Clip
4. Screw
7. Front tongue side seat belt installation
5. Fuel filler lid opener lever installation
Note:
1. Install the fuel filler lid opener lever to the
instrument panel driver-side lower cover. ・ The following applies to crew cab model.

Note: 1. Install the seat belt lower anchor bolt to the center
pillar.
・ Connect the cable, and install the 2 screws.
Tightening torque: 46 N・m { 4.7 kgf・m / 34 lb・ft }
Upper and lower anchor bolt

1. Fuel filler lid opener lever


2. Fuel filler lid cable
3. Screw 1. Seat belt lower anchor bolt

6. Center pillar lower trim cover installation 8. Sill plate installation


Note: 1. Install the sill plate to the floor.
・ The following applies to crew cab model. Note:
・ Regular cab
Security and Locks (All models) 9J-15

1. Sill plate 1. Front sill plate


2. Clip 2. Rear sill plate
3. Clip
Note:
・ Extend cab

1. Sill plate
2. Clip

Note:
・ Crew cab
9J-16 Security and Locks (All models)

Anti theft horn

removal 1. Remove the anti theft horn from vehicle.


Note:
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
・ Disconnect the harness connector.
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
・ Remove the bolt.
2. Anti theft horn removal

1. Anti-theft horn

3. Anti theft indicator light removal


1. Remove the anti theft indicator light from the
instrument panel.
Note:
・ Remove the harness connector, and then
remove the right side speaker grille.
・ Remove the anti-theft indicator light from the
right side speaker grille.
Security and Locks (All models) 9J-17

inspection
1. Anti theft horn inspection
Note:
・ Inspect the anti-theft horn using battery.
・ Confirm that the horn sounds when the horn
terminal is connected to the battery, and then
the battery voltage is applied.
・ The battery voltage is 12 V.
9J-18 Security and Locks (All models)

installation 2. Anti theft horn installation


1. Install the anti theft horn to vehicle.
1. Anti theft indicator light installation
Note:
1. Install the anti theft indicator light to the instrument
panel. ・ Tighten the bolts at the specified torque.

Note: Tightening torque: 8 N・m { 0.8 kgf・m / 6 lb・ft }


・ Install the anti-theft indicator light to the right Note:
side speaker grille. ・ Install the harness connector.
・ Install the harness connector and install the
right side speaker grille.

1. Anti-theft horn

3. Battery ground cable connect


1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
Security and Locks (All models) 9J-19

Supplementary Information
1. Component Views ・ Regular cab
Note:
・ Fuel filler lid opener lever

1. Fuel filler lid opener lever 5. Grommet


2. Clip 6. Clip
3. Fuel filter lid cable assembly 7. Band clip
4. Cab back panel

Note:
・ Extend cab
9J-20 Security and Locks (All models)

1. Fuel filler lid opener lever 5. Grommet


2. Clip 6. Clip
3. Fuel filter lid cable assembly 7. Band clip
4. Cab back panel

Note:
・ Crew cab
Security and Locks (All models) 9J-21

1. Fuel filler lid opener lever 5. Grommet


2. Clip 6. Band clip
3. Fuel filter lid cable assembly
4. Cab back panel

Note:
・ ICU
9J-22 Security and Locks (All models)

1. Steering cowl lower 3. Steering lock


2. ICU

Note: 1. Key cover


・ Remote controller key 2. Battery cover
3. Transmitter
4. Key
5. Key ring
6. Battery
7. Battery holder

Note:
・ Anti-theft horn
Security and Locks (All models) 9J-23

1. Right side speaker grille 3. Anti-theft horn


2. Anti-theft indicator light
Exterior, Interior Trim (All models) 9L-1

Body, Cab, Accessories


Exterior, Interior Trim
(All models)
Table of Contents
Head lining......................................................................9L-2
removal........................................................................9L-2
installation...................................................................9L-9
Instrument panel............................................................9L-17
removal......................................................................9L-17
installation.................................................................9L-26
Pillar trim cover.............................................................9L-33
removal......................................................................9L-33
installation.................................................................9L-40
Console box...................................................................9L-47
removal......................................................................9L-47
installation.................................................................9L-48
Supplementary Information...........................................9L-49
9L-2 Exterior, Interior Trim (All models)

Head lining

removal ・ Remove the clip from the body panel.


・ Remove the front pillar trim cover by pulling its
1. Door finisher removal
lower part upward.
Note:
・ The following applies to regular cab and
extend cab.
1. Remove the door finisher from the body.
2. Front door finisher removal
Note:
・ The following applies to crew cab.
1. Remove the front door finisher from the body.
3. Rear door finisher removal
Note:
・ The following applies to crew cab.
1. Remove the rear door finisher from the body.
4. Front pillar trim cover removal
1. Remove the front pillar trim cover from the front
pillar. 5. Rear end trim cover removal

Note: 1. Remove the rear end trim cover from the body panel.
・ The following applies to models without assist Note:
grip. ・ Remove the trim cover clip from the body
・ Remove the clip from the body panel. panel and remove the trim cover by sliding it
・ Remove the front pillar trim cover by pulling its upward.
lower part upward. ・ Regular cab, half trim type

Note: 1. Rear end trim cover


・ The following applies to models with assist 2. Rear window
grip. 3. Body panel
4. Clip
・ Remove the assist grip.
・ Open the cover and remove the screw.
Exterior, Interior Trim (All models) 9L-3
Note: 2. Rear window
・ Regular cab, full trim type 3. Body panel
4. Clip

Note:
・ Crew cab

1. Rear end trim cover


2. Rear window
3. Body panel
4. Clip

Note:
・ Extend cab

1. Rear end trim cover


2. Rear window
3. Body panel
4. Clip

6. Sill plate removal


1. Remove the sill plate from the floor.
Note:
・ Remove clips from the body panel.
・ Regular cab

1. Rear end trim cover


9L-4 Exterior, Interior Trim (All models)

1. Sill plate 1. Front sill plate


2. Clip 2. Rear sill plate
3. Clip
Note:
・ Extend cab 7. Dash side trim pad removal
1. Remove the dash side trim pad from the body.
Note:
・ Remove the nut.
・ Remove the trim cover clip from the body
panel.

1. Sill plate
2. Clip

Note:
・ Crew cab

8. Tongue side seat belt removal


Note:
・ The following applies to regular cab.
1. Remove the adjuster cover from the tongue side seat
belt.
2. Remove the seat belt upper anchor bolt from the rear
pillar.
Exterior, Interior Trim (All models) 9L-5
Note:
・ Remove the adjuster cover.

1. Adjuster cover
2. Seat belt upper anchor bolt

1. Adjuster cover 3. Remove the seat belt lower anchor bolt from the
2. Seat belt upper anchor bolt center pillar.

3. Remove the seat belt lower anchor bolt from the rear
pillar.

1. Seat belt lower anchor bolt

10. Center pillar lower trim cover removal


1. Seat belt lower anchor bolt
Note:
9. Front tongue side seat belt removal ・ The following applies to crew cab model.
Note: 1. Remove the center pillar lower trim cover from the
・ The following applies to crew cab model. center pillar.

1. Remove the adjuster cover from the front tongue side Note:
seat belt. ・ Remove clips from the body panel.
2. Remove the seat belt upper anchor bolt from the
center pillar.
Note:
・ Remove the adjuster cover.
9L-6 Exterior, Interior Trim (All models)
1. Remove the seat belt upper anchor bolt from the rear
pillar.
Note:
・ Remove the anchor bolt cover.

1. Clip

11. Center pillar upper trim cover removal


Note:
・ The following applies to crew cab.
1. Anchor bolt cover
1. Remove the center pillar upper trim cover from the 2. Seat belt upper anchor bolt
center pillar.
13. Rear lower trim cover removal
Note:
・ Remove the clip from the body panel. 1. Remove the rear lower trim cover from the rear
pillar.
・ Remove the center pillar upper trim cover by
pulling its upper part downward. Note:
・ Remove the trim cover clip from the body
panel.
・ Regular cab

1. Clip

12. Rear tongue side seat belt removal


Note: 1. Clip
・ The following applies to crew cab.
Note:
・ Extend cab
Exterior, Interior Trim (All models) 9L-7

1. Clip 1. Clip

Note: Note:
・ Crew cab ・ Extend cab

1. Clip 1. Clip

14. Rear upper trim cover removal Note:


1. Remove the rear upper trim cover from the rear ・ Crew cab
pillar.
Note:
・ Remove the trim cover clip from the body
panel.
・ Regular cab
9L-8 Exterior, Interior Trim (All models)

1. Clip 1. Striker cover


2. Clip
15. Sun visor removal
19. Head lining removal
1. Remove the sun visor from the head lining.
1. Remove the head lining from vehicle.
Note:
・ Remove the 2 fixing screws. Note:
・ Remove the 2 clips.
2. Remove the sun visor holder from the head lining.
Note:
・ Remove the fixing screw.
16. Overhead console removal
Note:
・ The following applies to models equipped with
an overhead console.
1. Remove the over head console from the head lining.
17. Assist grip removal
1. Remove the assist grip from the head lining.
Note:
・ Open the cover and remove the 2 fixing
screws.
・ The following applies to crew cab, rear side.
・ Remove the assist grip with coat hook.
Note:
・ Open the cover and remove the 2 fixing
・ The following applies to models equipped with
screws.
exciter speaker.
18. Striker cover removal ・ Disconnect the exciter harness.
Note:
・ The following applies to extend cab.
1. Remove the striker cover from the head lining.
Note:
・ Remove the clip.
Exterior, Interior Trim (All models) 9L-9

installation 1. Striker cover


2. Clip
1. Head lining installation
3. Assist grip installation
1. Install the head lining to vehicle.
1. Install the assist grip to the head lining.
Note:
・ Install the 2 clips. Note:
・ Install the 2 fixing screws and close the cover.
・ The following applies to crew cab, rear side.
・ Install the assist grip with coat hook.
・ Install the 2 fixing screws and close the cover.
4. Overhead console installation
Note:
・ The following applies to models equipped with
an overhead console.
1. Install the over head console to the head lining.
5. Sun visor installation
1. Install the sun visor holder to the head lining.
Note:
・ Install the fixing screw.
2. Install the sun visor to the head lining.
Note: Note:
・ The following applies to models equipped with ・ Install the 2 fixing screws.
exciter speaker.
6. Rear upper trim cover installation
・ Connect the exciter harnesses.
2. Striker cover installation 1. Install the rear upper trim cover to the rear pillar.

Note: Note:
・ The following applies to extend cab. ・ Regular cab

1. Install the striker cover to the head lining.


Note:
・ Install the clip.

1. Clip

Note:
・ Extend cab
9L-10 Exterior, Interior Trim (All models)

1. Clip 1. Clip

Note: Note:
・ Crew cab ・ Extend cab

1. Clip 1. Clip

7. Rear lower trim cover installation Note:


1. Install the rear lower trim cover to the rear pillar. ・ Crew cab

Note:
・ Regular cab
Exterior, Interior Trim (All models) 9L-11

1. Clip 1. Clip

8. Rear tongue side seat belt installation 10. Center pillar lower trim cover installation
Note: Note:
・ The following applies to crew cab. ・ The following applies to crew cab model.
1. Install the rear tongue side seat belt to the rear pillar. 1. Install the center pillar lower trim cover to the center
pillar.
Tightening torque: 46 N・m { 4.7 kgf・m / 34 lb・ft }
Note:
・ Install the anchor bolt cover.

1. Clip

11. Tongue side seat belt installation


1. Anchor bolt cover Note:
2. Seat belt upper anchor bolt ・ The following applies to regular cab.
9. Center pillar upper trim cover installation 1. Install the seat belt upper anchor bolt to the center
pillar.
Note:
・ The following applies to crew cab. 2. Install the seat belt lower anchor bolt to the center
pillar.
1. Install the center pillar upper trim cover to the center
pillar.
9L-12 Exterior, Interior Trim (All models)
Tightening torque: 46 N・m { 4.7 kgf・m / 34 lb・ft } 3. Install the adjuster cover to the front tongue side seat
Upper and lower anchor bolts belt.
3. Install the adjuster cover to the tongue side seat belt.

1. Adjuster cover
2. Seat belt upper anchor bolt
1. Adjuster cover
2. Seat belt upper anchor bolt

1. Seat belt lower anchor bolt


1. Seat belt lower anchor bolt 13. Dash side trim pad installation
12. Front tongue side seat belt installation 1. Install the dash side trim pad to the body.
Note: Note:
・ The following applies to crew cab model. ・ Install the nut.
1. Install the seat belt upper anchor bolt to the center
pillar.
2. Install the seat belt lower anchor bolt to the center
pillar.
Tightening torque: 46 N・m { 4.7 kgf・m / 34 lb・ft }
Upper and lower anchor bolt
Exterior, Interior Trim (All models) 9L-13

14. Sill plate installation 1. Sill plate


2. Clip
1. Install the sill plate to the floor.
Note: Note:
・ Regular cab ・ Crew cab

1. Sill plate 1. Front sill plate


2. Clip 2. Rear sill plate
3. Clip
Note:
15. Rear end trim cover installation
・ Extend cab
1. Install the rear end trim cover to the body panel.
Note:
・ Install the back upper hook of the trim cover to
the body panel.
・ Regular cab, half trim type
9L-14 Exterior, Interior Trim (All models)

1. Rear end trim cover


2. Rear window
3. Body panel
4. Clip

Note:
・ Regular cab, full trim type

1. Rear end trim cover


2. Rear window
3. Body panel
4. Clip

Note:
・ Crew cab

1. Rear end trim cover


2. Rear window
3. Body panel
4. Clip

Note:
・ Extend cab
Exterior, Interior Trim (All models) 9L-15

Note:
・ The following applies to models with assist
grip.
・ Insert the lower part of the front pillar trim
cover, and install the clip to the body panel.
・ Install the assist grip.
・ Install the 2 fixing screws and close the cover.

1. Rear end trim cover


2. Rear window
3. Body panel
4. Clip

16. Front pillar trim cover installation


1. Install the front pillar trim cover to the front pillar.
Note:
・ The following applies to models without assist
grip.
・ Insert the lower part of the front pillar trim
cover, and install the clip to the body panel.

17. Door finisher installation


Note:
・ The following applies to regular cab and
extend cab.
1. Install the door finisher to the body.
18. Front door finisher installation
Note:
・ The following applies to crew cab.
1. Install the front door finisher to the body.
9L-16 Exterior, Interior Trim (All models)
19. Rear door finisher installation
Note:
・ The following applies to crew cab.
1. Install the rear door finisher to the body.
Exterior, Interior Trim (All models) 9L-17

Instrument panel

removal 2. Clip

1. Battery ground cable disconnect Note:


1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery. ・ Crew cab

2. Sill plate removal


1. Remove the sill plate from the floor.
Note:
・ Remove clips from the body panel.
・ Regular cab

1. Front sill plate


2. Rear sill plate
3. Clip

3. Door finisher removal


Note:
・ The following applies to regular cab and
1. Sill plate extend cab.
2. Clip
1. Remove the door finisher from the body.
Note: 4. Front door finisher removal
・ Extend cab
Note:
・ The following applies to crew cab.
1. Remove the front door finisher from the body.
5. Front pillar trim cover removal
1. Remove the front pillar trim cover from the front
pillar.
Note:
・ The following applies to models without assist
grip.
・ Remove the clip from the body panel.
・ Remove the front pillar trim cover by pulling its
lower part upward.

1. Sill plate
9L-18 Exterior, Interior Trim (All models)

Note: 7. Console box removal


・ The following applies to models with assist Note:
grip.
・ Below is for the center console type manual
・ Remove the assist grip. transmission.
・ Open the cover and remove the screw.
1. Remove the shift lever knob from the shift lever.
・ Remove the clip from the body panel.
Note:
・ Remove the front pillar trim cover by pulling its
lower part upward. ・ Below is for the center console type.
2. Remove the shift console cover from the console
box.
Note:
・ Disconnect the cigarette lighter connector.
・ Below is for the 2WD center console type.
3. Remove the cover from the console box.
Note:
・ Below is for the 4WD center console type.
4. Remove the 4WD switch from the console box.
Note:
・ Below is for the center console type.
5. Remove the console box from the floor.
Note:
・ Remove the 3 clips.
6. Dash side trim pad removal
・ Open the console box cover and remove 2
1. Remove the dash side trim pad from the body. screws.
Note: ・ Remove the control box backward.
・ Remove the nut. ・ Below except for the center console type.
・ Remove the trim cover clip from the body 6. Remove the console cover from the instrument
panel. panel.
Note:
・ Remove the 2 clips.
・ Disconnect the cigarette lighter connector.
Exterior, Interior Trim (All models) 9L-19
7. Remove the cup holder cover from the floor. Note:
8. Remove the bracket from the floor. ・ Handling of a deployed airbag assembly

8. Glove box removal Warning:


・ When handling the airbag, the safety
1. Remove the glove box from the instrument panel.
precautions must be observed.
・ A small amount of sodium hydroxide may be
contained on the surface of a deployed airbag.
・ This is a by-product of the deployment reaction
and may cause irritation when it contacts with
skin or eye.
・ To handle activated airbag, wear gloves and
safety glasses.
・ After handling, wash your hands with soap.
Note:
・ Handling of an undeployed airbag assembly
Warning:
・ When carrying an undeployed airbag, make
sure that the trim cover faces the opposite
direction of your body.
・ When carrying the airbag, never hang the
1. Glove box connector or harness on your hand.
2. Instrument panel assist side lower cover ・ When putting down an undeployed airbag,
make sure to face the trim cover upward.
9. Instrument panel assist-side lower cover removal ・ Do not place any other item on the steering
1. Remove the instrument panel assist-side lower cover wheel with the airbag surface facing
from the instrument panel. downward.
Note: ・ Not following this procedure will result in a fire
or injuries.
・ Remove the 4 screws.
Caution:
・ After the airbag is deployed, inspect for
burning due to overheating, melting or other
problems.
・ If the SRS coil assembly is damaged, replace
it.
11. Driver air bag assembly removal
Note:
・ Confirm the holes on the both sides of the
steering cover.

1. Glove box
2. Instrument panel assist side lower cover

10. Air bag assembly safety information


9L-20 Exterior, Interior Trim (All models)

Note: 1. Remove the driver air bag assembly from the


・ Confirm the lever position in the hole in the steering wheel.
following illustration. 2. Disconnect the connector from the driver air bag
assembly.
Note:
・ Disconnect the airbag connector.
・ Disconnect the horn connector.

Note:
・ Insert a bar of diameter 6 mm {0.24 in} to
remove the driver airbag assembly from the
lever.

1. Airbag connector
2. Horn connector

Warning:
・ Keep the airbag assembly away from your
body when carrying it.
・ When putting down an undeployed airbag
assembly, make sure to face the trim cover
upward.
・ Place the trim cover upward on a flat surface.
Exterior, Interior Trim (All models) 9L-21

・ Failure to follow this procedure may result in


personal injury.

SST: 5-8521-0016-0 - steering wheel remover

12. Steering wheel removal


Note:
・ Reconfirm that the steering wheel is set to the
position for advancing straight forward.
・ Make setting marks on the steering wheel and
shaft. Caution:
・ They are used for reassembly of parts. ・ Never apply an impact to the steering wheel
with a hammer, etc. to remove it.
・ The steering shaft is designed to absorb
shocks.
13. Meter cluster removal
1. Remove the meter cluster from the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Pull out 4 clips from the instrument panel.
・ Disconnect the switch connector.

1. Remove the nut from the steering shaft.


2. Remove the steering wheel from the steering shaft
using special tool.
9L-22 Exterior, Interior Trim (All models)

1. Clip 1. Fuel filler rid opener lever


2. Fuel filler rid cable
14. Instrument panel driver-side lower cover removal 3. Screw
1. Remove the hood lock control lever from the
3. Remove the instrument panel driver-side lower cover
instrument panel driver-side lower cover.
from the instrument panel.
Note:
Note:
・ Remove the 2 fixing screws.
・ Pull out the instrument panel driver side lower
cover.
・ Disconnect the switch connector.
・ Remove the DLC.

1. Hood lock control lever


2. Control cable
3. Screw

2. Remove the fuel filler lid opener lever from the 1. Instrument panel driver side lower cover
instrument panel driver-side lower cover. 2. DLC
Note:
15. Steering cowl removal
・ Remove the 2 fixing screws.
1. Remove the steering cowl from the steering column.
Exterior, Interior Trim (All models) 9L-23

1. Steering cowl upper 18. Assist side lid cover removal


2. Steering cowl lower
1. Remove the assist side lid cover from the instrument
16. Cover removal panel.

Note: 19. Instrument panel cluster removal


・ The following applies to models without 1. Remove the instrument panel cluster from the
passenger airbag. instrument panel.
1. Remove the cover from the instrument panel.
17. Passenger air bag assembly removal
1. Remove the passenger air bag assembly from the
instrument panel.
Note:
・ Remove the 2 bolts.

1. Instrument panel cluster

20. Side cover removal


1. Remove the side cover from the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Remove the left and right side covers.
21. Front cover removal
1. Passenger airbag mounting bolts
Note:
Caution: ・ The following applies except for auto A/C.
・ Remove carefully as claws are attached.
1. Remove the front cover from the instrument panel.
9L-24 Exterior, Interior Trim (All models)
22. Sun sensor removal
Note:
・ The following applies to auto A/C.
1. Remove the sun sensor from the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Disconnect the harness connector.
23. Instrument panel removal
1. Remove the speaker grille from the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Remove the left and right speaker grilles.
2. Remove the side cover from the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Remove the left and right side covers.
3. Remove the instrument panel assembly and Note:
reinforcement from vehicle. ・ Disconnect the control cable of the blower unit
and the ventilation unit.
Note:
・ Disconnect the dash harness connector.
・ Remove the 4 bolts that fix the steering
column to the reinforcement. ・ Remove the bolt and nut that secure the
instrument panel and reinforcement assembly.

24. Center ventilation grille removal


1. Remove the center ventilation grille from the
instrument panel.
Note:
・ Remove the screw to pull out the center
ventilation grille, and then remove it.
Exterior, Interior Trim (All models) 9L-25
Note:
・ The following applies to models with radio.
1. Remove the radio from the instrument panel.
26. Center cluster removal
1. Remove the center cluster from the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Pull out the center cluster, and then remove it.
・ Remove the 2 screws, and remove the center
lid cover or the tray.
27. Reinforcement removal
1. Remove the reinforcement from the instrument
panel.
Note:
・ Remove the bolt.
25. Radio removal

1. Instrument panel 2. Reinforcement

28. Dash harness removal


1. Remove the dash harness from the reinforcement.
9L-26 Exterior, Interior Trim (All models)

installation 2. Reinforcement installation


1. Install the reinforcement to the instrument panel.
1. Dash harness installation
Tightening torque: 8 N・m { 0.8 kgf・m / 6 lb・ft }
1. Install the dash harness to the reinforcement.

1. Instrument panel 2. Reinforcement

3. Center cluster installation


1. Install the center cluster to the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Install the 2 screws and install the center lid
cover or the tray.
・ Put the center cluster in and install it.
4. Radio installation
Note:
・ The following applies to models with radio.
1. Install the radio to the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Connect the harnesses.
5. Center ventilation grille installation
1. Install the center ventilation grille to the instrument 6. Instrument panel installation
panel.
1. Install the instrument panel assembly and
Note: reinforcement to vehicle.
・ Put the center ventilation grille in, and install
Note:
the screws.
・ Tighten the bolts and nuts that secure the
instrument panel and reinforcement assembly
to the specified torque.
Tightening torque: 19 N・m { 1.9 kgf・m / 14 lb・ft }
Bolt
Tightening torque: 8 N・m { 0.8 kgf・m / 6 lb・ft }
Nut
Exterior, Interior Trim (All models) 9L-27

Note: 7. Front cover installation


・ Tighten the 4 bolts that secure the steering Note:
column to the reinforcement to the specified
・ The following applies except for auto A/C.
torque.
1. Install the front cover to the instrument panel.
Tightening torque: 20 N・m { 2.0 kgf・m / 15 lb・ft }
Steering column bolt 8. Sun sensor installation
Note:
・ The following applies to auto A/C.
1. Install the sun sensor to the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Connect the harness connector.
9. Side cover installation
1. Install the side cover to the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Install the left and right side covers.
10. Instrument panel cluster installation
1. Install the instrument panel cluster to the instrument
panel.

Note:
・ Connect the dash harness connector.
・ Connect the control cable of the blower unit
and ventilation unit.
2. Install the side cover to the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Install the left and right side covers.
3. Install the speaker grille to the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Install the left and right speaker grilles.
9L-28 Exterior, Interior Trim (All models)
Note:
・ Install the 2 bolts.
Tightening torque: 25 N・m { 2.5 kgf・m / 18 lb・ft }

1. Instrument panel cluster

11. Assist side lid cover installation


1. Install the assist side lid cover to the instrument
panel. 1. Passenger airbag mounting bolts
12. Cover installation 14. Steering cowl installation
Note: 1. Install the steering cowl to the steering column.
・ The following applies to models without
Caution:
passenger airbag.
・ When installing the steering cowl, be careful
1. Install the cover to the instrument panel. not to pinch the harness by the cowl.
13. Passenger air bag assembly installation
1. Install the passenger air bag assembly to the
instrument panel.
Note:
・ Press the portion indicated by the arrow in the
illustration to install it to the instrument panel.
・ Securely fit the claws.

1. Steering cowl upper


2. Steering cowl lower

15. Instrument panel driver-side lower cover installation


1. Install the instrument panel driver-side lower cover
to the instrument panel.
Exterior, Interior Trim (All models) 9L-29
Note:
・ Connect the switch connector.
・ Install the DLC.

1. Hood lock control lever


2. Control cable
3. Screw

1. Instrument panel driver side lower cover 16. Meter cluster installation
2. DLC 1. Install the meter cluster to the instrument panel.
2. Remove the fuel filler lid opener lever from the Note:
instrument panel driver-side lower cover. ・ Connect the switch connector.
Note:
・ Install the 2 fixing screws.

1. Clip

17. Steering wheel installation


1. Fuel filler rid opener lever
2. Fuel filler rid cable 1. Install the steering wheel to the steering shaft.
3. Screw Note:
3. Install the hood lock control lever to the instrument ・ Line up the setting applied during removal, and
panel driver-side lower cover. install the steering wheel.

Note:
・ Install the 2 fixing screws.
9L-30 Exterior, Interior Trim (All models)
19. Battery ground cable connect
1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
20. SRS control unit setting
1. Reactivate the SRS function.
Note:
・ Install the SRS fuse to the fuse relay box or
connect the battery ground cable to the
battery.
・ Turn the ignition switch on, and confirm that
the SRS airbag warning light turns off after
blinking 7 times.
21. Instrument panel assist-side lower cover installation
1. Install the instrument panel assist-side lower cover to
the instrument panel.

Caution: Note:
・ Never apply an impact to the steering wheel ・ Install the 4 screws.
with a hammer, etc. to install it.
・ The steering shaft is designed to absorb
shocks.
2. Install the nut to the steering shaft.
Tightening torque: 35 N・m { 3.6 kgf・m / 26 lb・ft }
18. Driver air bag assembly installation
1. Install the connector to the driver air bag assembly.
Note:
・ Connect the airbag connector.
・ Connect the horn connector.

1. Glove box
2. Instrument panel assist side lower cover

22. Glove box installation


1. Install the glove box to the instrument panel.

1. Airbag connector
2. Horn connector

2. Install the driver air bag assembly to the steering


wheel.
Exterior, Interior Trim (All models) 9L-31
25. Front pillar trim cover installation
1. Install the front pillar trim cover to the front pillar.
Note:
・ The following applies to models without assist
grip.
・ Insert the lower part of the front pillar trim
cover, and install the clip to the body panel.

1. Glove box
2. Instrument panel assist side lower cover

23. Console box installation


Note:
・ Below except for the center console type.
1. Install the bracket to the floor.
2. Install the cup holder cover to the bracket.
Note:
3. Install the console cover to the instrument panel. ・ The following applies to models with assist
Note: grip.
・ Connect the cigarette lighter connector. ・ Insert the lower part of the front pillar trim
cover, and install the clip to the body panel.
・ Install the 2 clips.
・ Install the assist grip.
24. Dash side trim pad installation
・ Install the 2 fixing screws and close the cover.
1. Install the dash side trim pad to the body.
Note:
・ Install the nut.

26. Door finisher installation


9L-32 Exterior, Interior Trim (All models)
Note:
・ The following applies to regular cab and
extend cab.
1. Install the door finisher to the body.
27. Front door finisher installation
Note:
・ The following applies to crew cab.
1. Install the front door finisher to the body.
28. Sill plate installation
1. Install the sill plate to the floor.
Note:
・ Regular cab

1. Sill plate
2. Clip

Note:
・ Crew cab

1. Sill plate
2. Clip

Note:
・ Extend cab

1. Front sill plate


2. Rear sill plate
3. Clip
Exterior, Interior Trim (All models) 9L-33

Pillar trim cover

removal Note:
・ Crew cab
1. Sill plate removal
1. Remove the sill plate from the floor.
Note:
・ Remove clips from the body panel.
・ Regular cab

1. Front sill plate


2. Rear sill plate
3. Clip

2. Door finisher removal


Note:
1. Sill plate ・ The following applies to regular cab and
2. Clip extend cab.
Note: 1. Remove the door finisher from the body.
・ Extend cab 3. Front door finisher removal
Note:
・ The following applies to crew cab.
1. Remove the front door finisher from the body.
4. Rear door finisher removal
Note:
・ The following applies to crew cab.
1. Remove the rear door finisher from the body.
5. Front pillar trim cover removal
1. Remove the front pillar trim cover from the front
pillar.
Note:
・ The following applies to models without assist
grip.
1. Sill plate ・ Remove the clip from the body panel.
2. Clip ・ Remove the front pillar trim cover by pulling its
lower part upward.
9L-34 Exterior, Interior Trim (All models)

Note: 7. Rear end trim cover removal


・ The following applies to models with assist 1. Remove the rear end trim cover from the body panel.
grip.
Note:
・ Remove the assist grip.
・ Remove the trim cover clip from the body
・ Open the cover and remove the screw.
panel and remove the trim cover by sliding it
・ Remove the clip from the body panel. upward.
・ Remove the front pillar trim cover by pulling its ・ Regular cab, half trim type
lower part upward.

1. Rear end trim cover


6. Dash side trim pad removal 2. Rear window
1. Remove the dash side trim pad from the body. 3. Body panel
4. Clip
Note:
・ Remove the nut. Note:
・ Remove the trim cover clip from the body ・ Regular cab, full trim type
panel.
Exterior, Interior Trim (All models) 9L-35
Note:
・ Crew cab

1. Rear end trim cover


2. Rear window
3. Body panel
4. Clip

Note:
・ Extend cab

1. Rear end trim cover


2. Rear window
3. Body panel
4. Clip

8. Tongue side seat belt removal


Note:
・ The following applies to regular cab.
1. Remove the adjuster cover from the tongue side seat
belt.
2. Remove the seat belt upper anchor bolt from the rear
pillar.
Note:
・ Remove the adjuster cover.

1. Rear end trim cover


2. Rear window
3. Body panel
4. Clip
9L-36 Exterior, Interior Trim (All models)

1. Adjuster cover 1. Adjuster cover


2. Seat belt upper anchor bolt 2. Seat belt upper anchor bolt

3. Remove the seat belt lower anchor bolt from the rear 3. Remove the seat belt lower anchor bolt from the
pillar. center pillar.

1. Seat belt lower anchor bolt 1. Seat belt lower anchor bolt

9. Front tongue side seat belt removal 10. Center pillar lower trim cover removal
Note: Note:
・ The following applies to crew cab model. ・ The following applies to crew cab model.
1. Remove the adjuster cover from the front tongue side 1. Remove the center pillar lower trim cover from the
seat belt. center pillar.
2. Remove the seat belt upper anchor bolt from the Note:
center pillar. ・ Remove clips from the body panel.
Note:
・ Remove the adjuster cover.
Exterior, Interior Trim (All models) 9L-37
1. Remove the seat belt upper anchor bolt from the rear
pillar.
Note:
・ Remove the anchor bolt cover.

1. Clip

11. Center pillar upper trim cover removal


Note:
・ The following applies to crew cab.
1. Anchor bolt cover
1. Remove the center pillar upper trim cover from the 2. Seat belt upper anchor bolt
center pillar.
13. Rear lower trim cover removal
Note:
・ Remove the clip from the body panel. 1. Remove the rear lower trim cover from the rear
pillar.
・ Remove the center pillar upper trim cover by
pulling its upper part downward. Note:
・ Remove the trim cover clip from the body
panel.
・ Regular cab

1. Clip

12. Rear tongue side seat belt removal


Note: 1. Clip
・ The following applies to crew cab.
Note:
・ Extend cab
9L-38 Exterior, Interior Trim (All models)

1. Clip 1. Clip

Note: Note:
・ Crew cab ・ Extend cab

1. Clip 1. Clip

14. Rear upper trim cover removal Note:


1. Remove the rear upper trim cover from the rear ・ Crew cab
pillar.
Note:
・ Remove the trim cover clip from the body
panel.
・ Regular cab
Exterior, Interior Trim (All models) 9L-39

1. Clip
9L-40 Exterior, Interior Trim (All models)

installation
1. Rear upper trim cover installation
1. Install the rear upper trim cover to the rear pillar.
Note:
・ Regular cab

1. Clip

2. Rear lower trim cover installation


1. Install the rear lower trim cover to the rear pillar.
Note:
・ Regular cab
1. Clip

Note:
・ Extend cab

1. Clip

Note:
・ Extend cab
1. Clip

Note:
・ Crew cab
Exterior, Interior Trim (All models) 9L-41

1. Clip 1. Anchor bolt cover


2. Seat belt upper anchor bolt
Note:
・ Crew cab 4. Center pillar upper trim cover installation
Note:
・ The following applies to crew cab.
1. Install the center pillar upper trim cover to the center
pillar.

1. Clip

3. Rear tongue side seat belt installation


Note:
・ The following applies to crew cab.
1. Clip
1. Install the rear tongue side seat belt to the rear pillar.
5. Center pillar lower trim cover installation
Tightening torque: 46 N・m { 4.7 kgf・m / 34 lb・ft }
Note:
Note:
・ The following applies to crew cab model.
・ Install the anchor bolt cover.
1. Install the center pillar lower trim cover to the center
pillar.
9L-42 Exterior, Interior Trim (All models)

1. Clip 1. Seat belt lower anchor bolt

6. Tongue side seat belt installation 7. Front tongue side seat belt installation
Note: Note:
・ The following applies to regular cab. ・ The following applies to crew cab model.
1. Install the seat belt upper anchor bolt to the center 1. Install the seat belt upper anchor bolt to the center
pillar. pillar.
2. Install the seat belt lower anchor bolt to the center 2. Install the seat belt lower anchor bolt to the center
pillar. pillar.
Tightening torque: 46 N・m { 4.7 kgf・m / 34 lb・ft } Tightening torque: 46 N・m { 4.7 kgf・m / 34 lb・ft }
Upper and lower anchor bolts Upper and lower anchor bolt
3. Install the adjuster cover to the tongue side seat belt. 3. Install the adjuster cover to the front tongue side seat
belt.

1. Adjuster cover
2. Seat belt upper anchor bolt 1. Adjuster cover
2. Seat belt upper anchor bolt
Exterior, Interior Trim (All models) 9L-43

1. Seat belt lower anchor bolt 1. Rear end trim cover


2. Rear window
8. Rear end trim cover installation 3. Body panel
1. Install the rear end trim cover to the body panel. 4. Clip

Note: Note:
・ Install the back upper hook of the trim cover to ・ Extend cab
the body panel.
・ Regular cab, half trim type

1. Rear end trim cover


2. Rear window
3. Body panel
4. Clip

Note:
・ Regular cab, full trim type
1. Rear end trim cover
2. Rear window
3. Body panel
4. Clip
9L-44 Exterior, Interior Trim (All models)
Note:
・ Crew cab

10. Front pillar trim cover installation


1. Install the front pillar trim cover to the front pillar.
Note:
・ The following applies to models without assist
grip.
・ Insert the lower part of the front pillar trim
cover, and install the clip to the body panel.

1. Rear end trim cover


2. Rear window
3. Body panel
4. Clip

9. Dash side trim pad installation


1. Install the dash side trim pad to the body.
Note:
・ Install the nut.

Note:
・ The following applies to models with assist
grip.
・ Insert the lower part of the front pillar trim
cover, and install the clip to the body panel.
・ Install the assist grip.
・ Install the 2 fixing screws and close the cover.
Exterior, Interior Trim (All models) 9L-45

11. Door finisher installation 1. Sill plate


2. Clip
Note:
・ The following applies to regular cab and Note:
extend cab. ・ Extend cab
1. Install the door finisher to the body.
12. Front door finisher installation
Note:
・ The following applies to crew cab.
1. Install the front door finisher to the body.
13. Rear door finisher installation
Note:
・ The following applies to crew cab.
1. Install the rear door finisher to the body.
14. Sill plate installation
1. Install the sill plate to the floor.
Note:
・ Regular cab
1. Sill plate
2. Clip

Note:
・ Crew cab
9L-46 Exterior, Interior Trim (All models)

1. Front sill plate


2. Rear sill plate
3. Clip
Exterior, Interior Trim (All models) 9L-47

Console box

removal
1. Console box removal
Note:
・ Below is for the center console type manual
transmission.
1. Remove the shift lever knob from the shift lever.
Note:
・ Below is for the center console type.
2. Remove the shift console cover from the console
box.
Note:
・ Disconnect the cigarette lighter connector.
・ Below is for the 2WD center console type.
3. Remove the cover from the console box.
Note:
・ Below is for the 4WD center console type.
4. Remove the 4WD switch from the console box.
Note:
・ Below is for the center console type.
5. Remove the console box from the floor.
Note:
・ Remove the 3 clips.
・ Open the console box cover and remove 2
screws.
・ Remove the control box backward.
・ Below is for the tray type, excluding the front
bench seat.
・ Open the cover and remove the 2 screws.
・ Pull up the console tray and remove the 2 clips
at the front.
・ Below except for the center console type.
6. Remove the console cover from the instrument
panel.
Note:
・ Remove the 2 clips.
・ Disconnect the cigarette lighter connector.
・ Below is for 4WD except for the center console
type.
・ Disconnect the connector of the 4WD switch.
7. Remove the cup holder cover from the floor.
8. Remove the bracket from the floor.
9L-48 Exterior, Interior Trim (All models)

installation
1. Console box installation
Note:
・ Below is for the center console type.
1. Install the console box to the floor.
Note:
・ Install the 3 clips.
・ Open the console box cover and install 2
screws.
・ Below is for the 2WD center console type.
2. Install the cover to the console box.
Note:
・ Below is for the 4WD center console type.
3. Install the 4WD switch to the console box.
Note:
・ Below is for the center console type.
4. Install the shift console cover to the console box.
Note:
・ Connect the cigarette lighter connector.
・ Below is for the center console type manual
transmission.
5. Install the shift lever knob to the shift lever.
Note:
・ Below is for the tray type.
・ Install the console tray to the floor.
・ Install 2 screws and close the cover.
・ Below except for the center console type.
6. Install the bracket to the floor.
7. Install the cup holder cover to the bracket.
8. Install the console cover to the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Connect the cigarette lighter connector.
・ Install the 2 clips.
Exterior, Interior Trim (All models) 9L-49

Supplementary Information
1. Component Views Note:
・ Instrument panel

1. Reinforcement 12. Front cover, models without auto A/C or sun


2. Ventilation duct assembly and defroster nozzle sensor, models with auto A/C
assembly 13. Center lid cover or tray
3. Dash harness 14. Right side speaker grille
4. Left side cover 15. Speaker
5. Glove box 16. Instrument panel assembly
6. Instrument panel assist lower cover 17. Right side cover
7. Assist side lid cover 18. Steering cowl
8. Left side speaker grille 19. Instrument panel driver lower cover
9. Passenger airbag, models with passenger airbag, 20. Radio
or cover, models without passenger airbag 21. Control lever assembly, models with manual A/C
10. Meter cluster or control panel assembly, models with auto A/C
11. Meter assembly 22. Right side center ventilation grille
23. Center cluster
9L-50 Exterior, Interior Trim (All models)
24. Left side center ventilation grille

Note: ・ Center console type, except front bench seat


・ Console box type

1. Shift console cover 5. Parking brake cover


2. Clip 6. 4WD switch, 4WD models
3. Console box 7. Cover, 2WD models
4. Screw

Note:
・ Tray type, except front bench seat type
Exterior, Interior Trim (All models) 9L-51

1. Console cover 4. Screw


2. Clip
3. Console tray

Note:
・ Except the center console
9L-52 Exterior, Interior Trim (All models)

1. Console cover 4. Ashtray holder


2. Clip 5. Bracket
3. Ashtray

Note: ・ Regular cab


・ Head lining
Exterior, Interior Trim (All models) 9L-53

1. Assist grip 6. Assist grip, models with assist grip


2. Head lining 7. Sun visor and sun visor holder
3. Rear pillar trim cover 8. Dome light
4. Hole cover
5. Front pillar trim cover

Note:
・ Extend cab
9L-54 Exterior, Interior Trim (All models)

1. Assist grip 7. Assist grip, models with assist grip


2. Striker cover 8. Front pillar trim cover
3. Head lining 9. Sun visor and sun visor holder
4. Rear upper trim cover 10. Spot light or overhead console
5. Dome light
6. Hole cover

Note:
・ Crew cab
Exterior, Interior Trim (All models) 9L-55

1. Assist grip 7. Center pillar upper trim cover


2. Head lining 8. Assist grip, models with assist grip
3. Assist grip with coat hook 9. Front pillar trim cover
4. Rear upper trim cover 10. Sun visor and sun visor holder
5. Dome light 11. Spot light or overhead console
6. Hole cover

Note: ・ Regular cab


・ Pillar trim cover
9L-56 Exterior, Interior Trim (All models)

1. Front pillar trim cover 6. Rear end trim cover, full trim type
2. Door finisher 7. Rear lower trim cover
3. Tongue side seat belt 8. Sill plate
4. Rear upper trim cover 9. Dash side trim pad
5. Rear end trim cover, half trim type

Note:
・ Extend cab
Exterior, Interior Trim (All models) 9L-57

1. Front pillar trim cover 5. Rear end trim cover


2. Door finisher 6. Sill plate
3. Rear upper trim cover 7. Dash side trim pad
4. Rear lower trim cover

Note:
・ Crew cab
9L-58 Exterior, Interior Trim (All models)

1. Front pillar trim cover 8. Rear lower trim cover


2. Front door finisher 9. Rear end trim cover
3. Center pillar upper trim cover 10. Sill plate
4. Front tongue side seat belt 11. Center pillar lower trim cover
5. Rear door finisher 12. Sill plate
6. Rear tongue side seat belt 13. Dash side trim pad
7. Rear upper trim cover
Unibody Sub-frames (All models) 9P-1

Body, Cab, Accessories


Unibody Sub-frames
(All models)
Table of Contents
Body mounting................................................................9P-2
installation...................................................................9P-2
Tail gate...........................................................................9P-9
removal........................................................................9P-9
installation.................................................................9P-10
Rear body.......................................................................9P-12
removal......................................................................9P-12
installation.................................................................9P-15
Supplementary Information...........................................9P-18
9P-2 Unibody Sub-frames (All models)

Body mounting

installation Note:
・ The following applies to the regular cab.
1. Body mounting installation
Unibody Sub-frames (All models) 9P-3

1. Install the body mounting to the frame and the body. Tightening torque: 50 N・m { 5.1 kgf・m / 37 lb・ft }
Bolt 1 in the diagram
9P-4 Unibody Sub-frames (All models)
Tightening torque: 66 N・m { 6.7 kgf・m / 49 lb・ft } ・ The installation bolt 3, on the right side of the
Bolts 2 and 3 in the diagram section 2 in the diagram, is not tightened
Tightening torque: 106 N・m { 10.8 kgf・m / 78 lb・ completely and rotates even when it is
ft } Bolts 4, 5, 8, and 9 in the diagram tightened to the specified torque.
・ The following applies to the extend cab.
Note:
・ Use new bolts for the installation bolts 4, 5, 8,
and 9 in the diagram.
Unibody Sub-frames (All models) 9P-5

2. Install the body mounting to the frame and the body. Tightening torque: 50 N・m { 5.1 kgf・m / 37 lb・ft }
Bolt 1 in the diagram
9P-6 Unibody Sub-frames (All models)
Tightening torque: 66 N・m { 6.7 kgf・m / 49 lb・ft } ・ The installation bolt 3, on the right side of the
Bolts 2 and 3 in the diagram section 2 in the diagram, is not tightened
Tightening torque: 106 N・m { 10.8 kgf・m / 78 lb・ completely and rotates even when it is
ft } Bolts 4, 7, and 8 in the diagram tightened to the specified torque.
・ The following applies to the crew cab.
Note:
・ Use new bolts for the installation bolts 4, 7,
and 8 in the diagram.
Unibody Sub-frames (All models) 9P-7

3. Install the body mounting to the frame and the body. Tightening torque: 50 N・m { 5.1 kgf・m / 37 lb・ft }
Bolt 1 in the diagram
9P-8 Unibody Sub-frames (All models)
Tightening torque: 66 N・m { 6.7 kgf・m / 49 lb・ft }
Bolts 2, 3, and 4 in the diagram
Tightening torque: 106 N・m { 10.8 kgf・m / 78 lb・
ft } Bolts 5, 7, and 8 in the diagram
Note:
・ Use new bolts for the installation bolts 5, 7,
and 8 in the diagram.
・ The installation bolts 3 and 4, on the right side
of the section 2 in the diagram, are not
tightened completely and rotate even when
they are tightened to the specified torque.
Unibody Sub-frames (All models) 9P-9

Tail gate

removal
1. Tail gate removal
1. Remove the hole cover from the tail gate.
2. Remove the outside handle from the tail gate.
Note:
・ Disconnect the lock link and remove the 2
fixing bolts.

1. Bolt
2. Lock link, left side
3. Lock link, right side

3. Remove the tail gate lock assembly from the tail


gate.
4. Remove the tail gate link from the tail gate and the
rear body.
5. Remove the tail gate from the rear body.
Note:
・ The tailgate removal work requires 2 workers.
・ Remove the tailgate hinge fixing bolt.
6. Remove the tail gate hinge from the tail gate.
7. Remove the tail gate lock striker from the rear body.
9P-10 Unibody Sub-frames (All models)

installation
1. Tail gate installation
1. Install the tail gate lock striker to the rear body.
Note:
・ Tighten the fixing bolt to the specified torque.
Tightening torque: 15 N・m { 1.5 kgf・m / 11 lb・ft }
2. Install the tail gate hinge to the tail gate and the rear
body.
Note:
・ The tailgate installation work requires 2
workers.
・ Tighten the fixing bolt to the specified torque.
Tightening torque: 25 N・m { 2.5 kgf・m / 18 lb・ft }
Bolt A
1. Clearance: 5.0 mm {0.20 in}
Tightening torque: 27 N・m { 2.8 kgf・m / 20 lb・ft } 2. Height, level difference: Same plane
Bolts B and C 3. Height, level difference: Same plane

3. Install the tail gate link to the tail gate and the rear
body.
4. Install the tail gate lock assembly to the tail gate.
Note:
・ Tighten the fixing bolt to the specified torque.
Tightening torque: 15 N・m { 1.5 kgf・m / 11 lb・ft }
5. Install the outside handle to the tail gate.
Note:
・ Connect the lock link and tighten the 2 fixing
bolts to the specified torque.
Tightening torque: 9 N・m { 0.9 kgf・m / 80 lb・in }

1. Bolt A
2. Tailgate hinge
3. Shim
4. Bolt B
5. Bolt C

Note:
・ Check the tailgate and rear body for the points
shown in the diagram below.

1. Bolt
2. Lock link, left side
Unibody Sub-frames (All models) 9P-11
3. Lock link, right side

6. Install the hole cover to the tail gate.


9P-12 Unibody Sub-frames (All models)

Rear body

removal Note:
・ Regular cab
1. Battery ground cable disconnect
Note:
・ Empty the rear body before removing it.
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
2. Chassis harness disconnect
1. Disconnect the chassis harness from the connector.
Note:
・ Disconnect the rear combination light.
・ Disconnect the license light harness
connector.
3. Fuel filler lid cable assembly disconnect
1. Disconnect the fuel filler lid cable assembly from the
rear body.
Note:
・ Remove the fixing clip, and turn the cable
holder counterclockwise by 90° to remove it
from the rear body.

1. Bolt
2. Washer
3. Clip
4. Cushion

Note:
・ Extend cab

1. Cable holder

4. Filler neck removal


1. Remove the filler neck from the rear body and the
fuel filler hose.
2. Disconnect the evaporator hose from the filler neck.
5. Rear body assembly removal
1. Remove the bolt from the rear body and the frame.
2. Remove the clip from the rear body and the frame.
Unibody Sub-frames (All models) 9P-13

1. Bolt 1. Bolt
2. Washer 2. Clip
3. Clip 3. Cushion
4. Cushion 4. Washer

Note: 3. Remove rear body assembly from the frame.


・ Crew cab Note:
・ Install the hoisting wire to the hook of the rear
body and hoist the rear body.
Caution:
・ When hoisting the rear body, be careful not to
hit the cab body.
9P-14 Unibody Sub-frames (All models)

1. Hook
Unibody Sub-frames (All models) 9P-15

installation
1. Rear body assembly installation
1. Install the wire to the rear body.
Note:
・ Install the hoisting wire to the hook of the rear
body and hoist the rear body.

1. Hook
1. Bolt
2. Install rear body assembly to the frame. 2. Washer
3. Clip
Caution:
4. Cushion
・ When installing the rear body, be careful not to
hit the cab body. Note:
3. Install the bolt to the rear body and the frame. ・ Extend cab

Note:
・ Tighten the bolts to the specified torque.
Tightening torque: 106 N・m { 10.8 kgf・m / 78 lb・
ft }
4. Install the clip to the rear body and the frame.
Note:
・ Regular cab
9P-16 Unibody Sub-frames (All models)

1. Bolt 1. Bolt
2. Washer 2. Clip
3. Clip 3. Cushion
4. Cushion 4. Washer

Note: 2. Filler neck installation


・ Crew cab 1. Install the filler neck to the rear body and the fuel
filler hose.
2. Connect the evaporator hose to the filler neck.
3. Fuel filler lid cable assembly connect
1. Connect the fuel filler lid cable assembly to the rear
body.
Caution:
・ Do not bend the cable excessively.
Note:
・ Fasten the clip in the specified position.
・ Insert the cable holder of the fuel filler lid cable
assembly into the rear body, and turn it
clockwise by 90° to install it.
Unibody Sub-frames (All models) 9P-17

1. Cable holder

4. Chassis harness connect


1. Connect the chassis harness to the connector.
Note:
・ Connect the rear combination light.
・ Connect the license light harness connector.
5. Battery ground cable connect
1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
9P-18 Unibody Sub-frames (All models)

Supplementary Information
1. Component Views Note:
・ Rear body

1. Hook 3. Fuel filler lid


2. Tailgate

Note: ・ Regular cab


・ Body mounting
Unibody Sub-frames (All models) 9P-19
9P-20 Unibody Sub-frames (All models)
Note:
・ Break-front cab
Unibody Sub-frames (All models) 9P-21
9P-22 Unibody Sub-frames (All models)
Note:
・ Crew cab
Unibody Sub-frames (All models) 9P-23
9P-24 Unibody Sub-frames (All models)
Note:
・ Tailgate

1. Hole cover 6. Tailgate link


2. Tailgate 7. Tailgate hinge
3. Tailgate lock striker 8. Center hinge
4. Tailgate lock assembly
5. Outside handle
Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models) 9T-1

Body, Cab, Accessories


Glass, Windows, Mirrors
(All models)
Table of Contents
Rear window assembly....................................................9T-2
removal........................................................................9T-2
inspection....................................................................9T-9
installation.................................................................9T-11
Windshield.....................................................................9T-20
removal......................................................................9T-20
installation.................................................................9T-33
Supplementary Information...........................................9T-47
9T-2 Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models)

Rear window assembly

removal Note:
・ Crew cab
1. Sill plate removal
1. Remove the sill plate from the floor.
Note:
・ Remove clips from the body panel.
・ Regular cab

1. Front sill plate


2. Rear sill plate
3. Clip

2. Door finisher removal


Note:
1. Sill plate ・ The following applies to regular cab and
2. Clip extend cab.
Note: 1. Remove the door finisher from the body.
・ Extend cab 3. Front door finisher removal
Note:
・ The following applies to crew cab.
1. Remove the front door finisher from the body.
4. Rear door finisher removal
Note:
・ The following applies to crew cab.
1. Remove the rear door finisher from the body.
5. Front pillar trim cover removal
1. Remove the front pillar trim cover from the front
pillar.
Note:
・ The following applies to models without assist
grip.
1. Sill plate ・ Remove the clip from the body panel.
2. Clip ・ Remove the front pillar trim cover by pulling its
lower part upward.
Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models) 9T-3

Note: 7. Tongue side seat belt removal


・ The following applies to models with assist Note:
grip.
・ The following applies to regular cab.
・ Remove the assist grip.
1. Remove the adjuster cover from the tongue side seat
・ Open the cover and remove the screw.
belt.
・ Remove the clip from the body panel.
2. Remove the seat belt upper anchor bolt from the rear
・ Remove the front pillar trim cover by pulling its
pillar.
lower part upward.
Note:
・ Remove the adjuster cover.

6. Dash side trim pad removal


1. Remove the dash side trim pad from the body.
1. Adjuster cover
Note: 2. Seat belt upper anchor bolt
・ Remove the nut.
8. Front tongue side seat belt removal
・ Remove the trim cover clip from the body
panel. Note:
・ The following applies to crew cab model.
1. Remove the adjuster cover from the front tongue side
seat belt.
9T-4 Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models)
2. Remove the seat belt upper anchor bolt from the
center pillar.
Note:
・ Remove the adjuster cover.

1. Clip

10. Center pillar upper trim cover removal


Note:
・ The following applies to crew cab.
1. Adjuster cover
2. Seat belt upper anchor bolt 1. Remove the center pillar upper trim cover from the
center pillar.
3. Remove the seat belt lower anchor bolt from the
Note:
center pillar.
・ Remove the clip from the body panel.
・ Remove the center pillar upper trim cover by
pulling its upper part downward.

1. Seat belt lower anchor bolt

9. Center pillar lower trim cover removal


Note: 1. Clip
・ The following applies to crew cab model. 11. Rear tongue side seat belt removal
1. Remove the center pillar lower trim cover from the Note:
center pillar.
・ The following applies to crew cab.
Note:
・ Remove clips from the body panel.
Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models) 9T-5
1. Remove the seat belt upper anchor bolt from the rear
pillar.
Note:
・ Remove the anchor bolt cover.

1. Clip

Note:
・ Crew cab

1. Anchor bolt cover


2. Seat belt upper anchor bolt

12. Rear lower trim cover removal


1. Remove the rear lower trim cover from the rear
pillar.
Note:
・ Remove the trim cover clip from the body
panel.
・ Regular cab

1. Clip

13. Rear upper trim cover removal


1. Remove the rear upper trim cover from the rear
pillar.
Note:
・ Remove the trim cover clip from the body
panel.
・ Regular cab

1. Clip

Note:
・ Extend cab
9T-6 Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models)

1. Clip 1. Clip

Note: 14. Rear end trim cover removal


・ Extend cab 1. Remove the rear end trim cover from the body panel.
Note:
・ Remove the trim cover clip from the body
panel and remove the trim cover by sliding it
upward.
・ Regular cab, half trim type

1. Clip

Note:
・ Crew cab

1. Rear end trim cover


2. Rear window
3. Body panel
4. Clip

Note:
・ Regular cab, full trim type
Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models) 9T-7
Note:
・ Crew cab

1. Rear end trim cover


2. Rear window
3. Body panel
4. Clip

Note:
・ Extend cab

1. Rear end trim cover


2. Rear window
3. Body panel
4. Clip

15. Sun visor removal


1. Remove the sun visor from the head lining.
Note:
・ Remove the 2 fixing screws.
2. Remove the sun visor holder from the head lining.
Note:
・ Remove the fixing screw.
16. Overhead console removal
Note:
・ The following applies to models equipped with
an overhead console.
1. Remove the over head console from the head lining.
17. Assist grip removal
1. Rear end trim cover 1. Remove the assist grip from the head lining.
2. Rear window
Note:
3. Body panel
4. Clip ・ Open the cover and remove the 2 fixing
screws.
9T-8 Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models)

・ The following applies to crew cab, rear side. ・ Cut open the adhered caulking material with a
・ Remove the assist grip with coat hook. knife.
・ Open the cover and remove the 2 fixing ・ Secure one end of 0.5 mm {0.02 in} diameter
screws. piano steel wire to a piece of wood to use it as
a handle.
18. Striker cover removal
・ Pierce the other end of the piano wire through
Note: the caulking material adhered to the edge of
・ The following applies to extend cab. the front windshield glass using 2 pairs of
needle nose pliers.
1. Remove the striker cover from the head lining.
・ Secure the other end of the piano wire to
Note: another piece of wood.
・ Remove the clip. ・ Carefully move the piano wire like a saw with
an assistant worker to cut out the caulking
material adhered over the entire edge of the
rear window.

1. Striker cover
2. Clip

19. Head lining removal 1. Piano wire


1. Remove the head lining from vehicle. 2. Cement
3. A rectangular piece of wood, etc. attached to both
Note: ends of the piano wire
・ Remove the 2 clips. 4. Rear window
・ The following applies to models equipped with
exciter speaker. Note:
・ Disconnect the exciter harness. ・ Suspend the rear window from the body.
・ Remove the remaining caulking material from
20. Rear window removal
the body portion holding the rear window.
Note: ・ Wipe off the caulking material remaining on
・ The following applies to the models with a rear the rear window with a soft cloth and lead-free
defogger. gasoline.
1. Disconnect the rear defogger connector from the rear
window.
2. Remove the rear window from the panel.
Note:
・ Follow the procedures described below to
carefully remove the rear window.
Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models) 9T-9

inspection
1. Rear window assembly inspection
Inspection of the rear defogger heat wires
Note:
・ The heat wires are attached to the interior side
of the glass.
・ Use a soft cloth to wash and wipe in a
direction parallel to the wires.
Caution:
・ Do not use glass cleaner, etc.
Note:
・ When measuring the voltage, wrap tinfoil
around the minus probe, and push the foil onto
the wire with your hands as shown in the
diagram. Note:
・ If there is a location where the voltage
suddenly drops to 0V, then there is a location
between that location and the power source
where a wire is damaged.
・ Move the tester probe from the location where
voltage was 0V toward the power source and
measure the location where voltage suddenly
increases.

1. Heat wire
2. Test probe
3. Tin foil

1. Turn ON the ignition switch.


2. Turn ON the rear defogger switch.
3. Measure a voltage using tester.
Note:
Repair of a damaged heat wire
・ Measure the voltage between three points on
the heat wires and the minus (-) terminal with a Note:
voltmeter. ・ Clean the ends of the damaged heat wire with
・ Confirm that the voltage drops as you proceed unleaded gasoline.
from A to B and C in the diagram. ・ Place masking tape parallel to the wire above
and below where it was damaged.
9T-10 Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models)

Note:
・ Thoroughly mix repair agent (DuPont paste
No. 4817 or equivalent).
・ Use a fine tip brush to apply a small amount of
repair agent to the wire.

1. Heat wire
2. Tip brush

Note:
・ Remove the masking tape after a few minutes.
・ Let set for 24 hours or more.
Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models) 9T-11

installation
1. Rear window installation
1. Clean the rear window using the unleaded gasoline.
2. Clean the body panel using the unleaded gasoline.
Note:
・ Clean the bonding surface of the rear window.
・ Wipe off the caulking material remaining on
the body with a soft cloth and lead-free
gasoline.
3. Install the fastener tape to the body panel flange.
Note:
・ Attach the fastener tape at 0 - 3 mm {0 - 0.12
in} from the mark.

1. Dam seal
2. Application locations of the sealing agent Sunstar
penguinseal #560 or equivalent
3. Application area of primer Sunstar GP-402 or
equivalent
4. 8 mm {0.31 in}
5. 14 mm {0.55 in}
6. 6 mm {0.24 in}
1. Fastener tape 7. 24 mm {0.94 in}
2. Mark 8. 10 mm {0.39 in}
3. 15 mm {0.59 in} 9. 28 mm {1.10 in}
4. Align the fastener edge with the body panel edge.
5. Apply the sealing adhesive to the rear window.
4. Apply the primer to the rear window. Note:
Note: ・ When using an air spray gun, air pressure
・ Apply Sunstar GP-402 or equivalent to the must be kept lower than the specified value.
bonding surface on the rear window side. Specified air pressure: 147 to 294 kPa { 1.5 to 3.0 kgf/
・ Apply the primer as described in the figure. cm2 / 21 to 43 psi } or below
Note:
・ After the primer completely dries, apply the
sealing material, Sunstar penguinseal #560 or
equivalent, along the edge of the rear window
so that the sealing material forms the bonding
area of 20 mm {0.79 in} at the right lower
section of the rear window.
Caution:
・ After applying the primer, leave it for at least 1
minute for air drying.
9T-12 Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models)

・ Bonding must be accomplished within 5 1. Dam seal


minutes after the sealing material is applied. 2. Rear window support
3. Rear defogger connector, the models with rear
defogger
4. Fastener
5. Application area of sealing agent Sunstar #560 or
equivalent
6. Sealing material bonding surface: 20 mm {0.79
in}

6. Install the rear window to the panel.


Note:
・ Insert the rear window support into the panel,
and push it toward the panel to fix it.
・ Wipe off the sealing material protruding from
the edge.

1. Cement 5. Head lining


2. Panel 6. Fastener
3. Dam seal 7. Rear window
4. Rear window support

Note: ・ The following applies to the models with a rear


・ Confirm that there is no water leakage from defogger.
the rear window.
Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models) 9T-13
7. Connect the rear defogger connector to the rear 1. Striker cover
window. 2. Clip
2. Head lining installation 4. Assist grip installation
1. Install the head lining to vehicle. 1. Install the assist grip to the head lining.
Note: Note:
・ Install the 2 clips. ・ Install the 2 fixing screws and close the cover.
・ The following applies to crew cab, rear side.
・ Install the assist grip with coat hook.
・ Install the 2 fixing screws and close the cover.
5. Overhead console installation
Note:
・ The following applies to models equipped with
an overhead console.
1. Install the over head console to the head lining.
6. Sun visor installation
1. Install the sun visor holder to the head lining.
Note:
・ Install the fixing screw.
2. Install the sun visor to the head lining.

Note: Note:
・ The following applies to models equipped with ・ Install the 2 fixing screws.
exciter speaker. 7. Rear end trim cover installation
・ Connect the exciter harnesses.
1. Install the rear end trim cover to the body panel.
3. Striker cover installation
Note:
Note: ・ Install the back upper hook of the trim cover to
・ The following applies to extend cab. the body panel.
1. Install the striker cover to the head lining. ・ Regular cab, half trim type

Note:
・ Install the clip.

1. Rear end trim cover


2. Rear window
9T-14 Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models)
3. Body panel
4. Clip

Note:
・ Regular cab, full trim type

1. Rear end trim cover


2. Rear window
3. Body panel
4. Clip
1. Rear end trim cover
Note: 2. Rear window
・ Extend cab 3. Body panel
4. Clip

Note:
・ Crew cab
Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models) 9T-15
Note:
・ Extend cab

1. Clip

Note:
・ Crew cab

1. Rear end trim cover


2. Rear window
3. Body panel
4. Clip

8. Rear upper trim cover installation


1. Install the rear upper trim cover to the rear pillar.
Note:
・ Regular cab

1. Clip

9. Rear lower trim cover installation


1. Install the rear lower trim cover to the rear pillar.
Note:
・ Regular cab

1. Clip
9T-16 Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models)

1. Clip 1. Clip

Note: 10. Rear tongue side seat belt installation


・ Extend cab Note:
・ The following applies to crew cab.
1. Install the rear tongue side seat belt to the rear pillar.
Tightening torque: 46 N・m { 4.7 kgf・m / 34 lb・ft }
Note:
・ Install the anchor bolt cover.

1. Clip

Note:
・ Crew cab

1. Anchor bolt cover


2. Seat belt upper anchor bolt

11. Center pillar upper trim cover installation


Note:
・ The following applies to crew cab.
1. Install the center pillar upper trim cover to the center
pillar.
Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models) 9T-17
Tightening torque: 46 N・m { 4.7 kgf・m / 34 lb・ft }
Upper and lower anchor bolts
3. Install the adjuster cover to the tongue side seat belt.

1. Clip

12. Center pillar lower trim cover installation


Note:
1. Adjuster cover
・ The following applies to crew cab model.
2. Seat belt upper anchor bolt
1. Install the center pillar lower trim cover to the center
pillar.

1. Seat belt lower anchor bolt

1. Clip 14. Front tongue side seat belt installation

13. Tongue side seat belt installation Note:


・ The following applies to crew cab model.
Note:
・ The following applies to regular cab. 1. Install the seat belt upper anchor bolt to the center
pillar.
1. Install the seat belt upper anchor bolt to the center
pillar. 2. Install the seat belt lower anchor bolt to the center
pillar.
2. Install the seat belt lower anchor bolt to the center
pillar. Tightening torque: 46 N・m { 4.7 kgf・m / 34 lb・ft }
Upper and lower anchor bolt
9T-18 Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models)
3. Install the adjuster cover to the front tongue side seat
belt.

16. Front pillar trim cover installation


1. Install the front pillar trim cover to the front pillar.
1. Adjuster cover
2. Seat belt upper anchor bolt

17. Door finisher installation


Note:
1. Seat belt lower anchor bolt
・ The following applies to regular cab and
15. Dash side trim pad installation extend cab.

1. Install the dash side trim pad to the body. 1. Install the door finisher to the body.

Note: 18. Front door finisher installation


・ Install the nut. Note:
・ The following applies to crew cab.
1. Install the front door finisher to the body.
19. Rear door finisher installation
Note:
・ The following applies to crew cab.
1. Install the rear door finisher to the body.
Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models) 9T-19
20. Sill plate installation
1. Install the sill plate to the floor.
Note:
・ Regular cab

1. Front sill plate


2. Rear sill plate
3. Clip

1. Sill plate
2. Clip

Note:
・ Extend cab

1. Sill plate
2. Clip

Note:
・ Crew cab
9T-20 Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models)

Windshield

removal Note:
・ Crew cab
1. Sill plate removal
1. Remove the sill plate from the floor.
Note:
・ Remove clips from the body panel.
・ Regular cab

1. Front sill plate


2. Rear sill plate
3. Clip

2. Door finisher removal


Note:
1. Sill plate ・ The following applies to regular cab and
2. Clip extend cab.
Note: 1. Remove the door finisher from the body.
・ Extend cab 3. Front door finisher removal
Note:
・ The following applies to crew cab.
1. Remove the front door finisher from the body.
4. Rear door finisher removal
Note:
・ The following applies to crew cab.
1. Remove the rear door finisher from the body.
5. Front pillar trim cover removal
1. Remove the front pillar trim cover from the front
pillar.
Note:
・ The following applies to models without assist
grip.
1. Sill plate ・ Remove the clip from the body panel.
2. Clip ・ Remove the front pillar trim cover by pulling its
lower part upward.
Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models) 9T-21

Note: 7. Tongue side seat belt removal


・ The following applies to models with assist Note:
grip.
・ The following applies to regular cab.
・ Remove the assist grip.
1. Remove the adjuster cover from the tongue side seat
・ Open the cover and remove the screw.
belt.
・ Remove the clip from the body panel.
2. Remove the seat belt upper anchor bolt from the rear
・ Remove the front pillar trim cover by pulling its
pillar.
lower part upward.
Note:
・ Remove the adjuster cover.

6. Dash side trim pad removal


1. Remove the dash side trim pad from the body.
1. Adjuster cover
Note: 2. Seat belt upper anchor bolt
・ Remove the nut.
3. Remove the seat belt lower anchor bolt from the rear
・ Remove the trim cover clip from the body
pillar.
panel.
9T-22 Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models)

1. Seat belt lower anchor bolt 1. Seat belt lower anchor bolt

8. Front tongue side seat belt removal 9. Center pillar lower trim cover removal
Note: Note:
・ The following applies to crew cab model. ・ The following applies to crew cab model.
1. Remove the adjuster cover from the front tongue side 1. Remove the center pillar lower trim cover from the
seat belt. center pillar.
2. Remove the seat belt upper anchor bolt from the Note:
center pillar. ・ Remove clips from the body panel.
Note:
・ Remove the adjuster cover.

1. Clip

10. Center pillar upper trim cover removal


1. Adjuster cover
2. Seat belt upper anchor bolt Note:
・ The following applies to crew cab.
3. Remove the seat belt lower anchor bolt from the
center pillar. 1. Remove the center pillar upper trim cover from the
center pillar.
Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models) 9T-23
Note: Note:
・ Remove the clip from the body panel. ・ Remove the trim cover clip from the body
panel.
・ Regular cab

1. Clip

11. Rear tongue side seat belt removal


1. Clip
Note:
Note:
・ The following applies to crew cab.
・ Extend cab
1. Remove the seat belt upper anchor bolt from the rear
pillar.
Note:
・ Remove the anchor bolt cover.

1. Clip

Note:
・ Crew cab
1. Anchor bolt cover
2. Seat belt upper anchor bolt

12. Rear lower trim cover removal


1. Remove the rear lower trim cover from the rear
pillar.
9T-24 Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models)

1. Clip 1. Clip

13. Rear upper trim cover removal Note:


1. Remove the rear upper trim cover from the rear ・ Crew cab
pillar.
Note:
・ Remove the trim cover clip from the body
panel.
・ Regular cab

1. Clip

14. Sun visor removal


1. Remove the sun visor from the head lining.
Note:
1. Clip ・ Remove the 2 fixing screws.
2. Remove the sun visor holder from the head lining.
Note:
・ Extend cab Note:
・ Remove the fixing screw.
15. Overhead console removal
Note:
・ The following applies to models equipped with
an overhead console.
Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models) 9T-25
1. Remove the over head console from the head lining.
16. Assist grip removal
1. Remove the assist grip from the head lining.
Note:
・ Open the cover and remove the 2 fixing
screws.
・ The following applies to crew cab, rear side.
・ Remove the assist grip with coat hook.
・ Open the cover and remove the 2 fixing
screws.
17. Striker cover removal
Note:
・ The following applies to extend cab.
1. Remove the striker cover from the head lining.
Note:
Note:
・ The following applies to models equipped with
・ Remove the clip.
exciter speaker.
・ Disconnect the exciter harness.
19. Console box removal
Note:
・ Below except for the center console type.
1. Remove the console cover from the instrument
panel.
Note:
・ Remove the 2 clips.
・ Disconnect the cigarette lighter connector.
2. Remove the cup holder cover from the floor.
3. Remove the bracket from the floor.
20. Glove box removal
1. Remove the glove box from the instrument panel.
1. Striker cover 21. Instrument panel assist-side lower cover removal
2. Clip
1. Remove the instrument panel assist-side lower cover
18. Head lining removal from the instrument panel.
1. Remove the head lining from vehicle. Note:
Note: ・ Remove the 4 screws.
・ Remove the 2 clips.
9T-26 Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models)
Caution:
・ After the airbag is deployed, inspect for
burning due to overheating, melting or other
problems.
・ If the SRS coil assembly is damaged, replace
it.
23. Battery ground cable disconnect
1. Disconnect the battery ground cable from the battery.
24. Driver air bag assembly removal
Note:
・ Confirm the holes on the both sides of the
steering cover.

1. Glove box
2. Instrument panel assist side lower cover

22. Air bag assembly safety information


Note:
・ Handling of a deployed airbag assembly
Warning:
・ When handling the airbag, the safety
precautions must be observed.
・ A small amount of sodium hydroxide may be
contained on the surface of a deployed airbag.
・ This is a by-product of the deployment reaction
and may cause irritation when it contacts with
skin or eye.
Note:
・ To handle activated airbag, wear gloves and
・ Confirm the lever position in the hole in the
safety glasses.
following illustration.
・ After handling, wash your hands with soap.
Note:
・ Handling of an undeployed airbag assembly
Warning:
・ When carrying an undeployed airbag, make
sure that the trim cover faces the opposite
direction of your body.
・ When carrying the airbag, never hang the
connector or harness on your hand.
・ When putting down an undeployed airbag,
make sure to face the trim cover upward.
・ Do not place any other item on the steering
wheel with the airbag surface facing
downward.
・ Not following this procedure will result in a fire
or injuries.
Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models) 9T-27
Note: ・ When putting down an undeployed airbag
・ Insert a bar of diameter 6 mm {0.24 in} to assembly, make sure to face the trim cover
remove the driver airbag assembly from the upward.
lever. ・ Place the trim cover upward on a flat surface.
・ Failure to follow this procedure may result in
personal injury.

1. Remove the driver air bag assembly from the


steering wheel.
2. Disconnect the connector from the driver air bag 25. Steering wheel removal
assembly.
Note:
Note: ・ Reconfirm that the steering wheel is set to the
・ Disconnect the airbag connector. position for advancing straight forward.
・ Disconnect the horn connector. ・ Make setting marks on the steering wheel and
shaft.
・ They are used for reassembly of parts.

1. Airbag connector
2. Horn connector
1. Remove the nut from the steering shaft.
Warning:
・ Keep the airbag assembly away from your 2. Remove the steering wheel from the steering shaft
body when carrying it. using special tool.
9T-28 Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models)

SST: 5-8521-0016-0 - steering wheel remover

1. Clip

27. Instrument panel driver-side lower cover removal


1. Remove the hood lock control lever from the
instrument panel driver-side lower cover.
Note:
・ Remove the 2 fixing screws.

Caution:
・ Never apply an impact to the steering wheel
with a hammer, etc. to remove it.
・ The steering shaft is designed to absorb
shocks.
26. Meter cluster removal
1. Remove the meter cluster from the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Pull out 4 clips from the instrument panel.
・ Disconnect the switch connector.

1. Hood lock control lever


2. Control cable
3. Screw

2. Remove the fuel filler lid opener lever from the


instrument panel driver-side lower cover.
Note:
・ Remove the 2 fixing screws.
Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models) 9T-29

1. Fuel filler rid opener lever 1. Steering cowl upper


2. Fuel filler rid cable 2. Steering cowl lower
3. Screw
29. Cover removal
3. Remove the instrument panel driver-side lower cover
Note:
from the instrument panel.
・ The following applies to models without
Note: passenger airbag.
・ Pull out the instrument panel driver side lower
1. Remove the cover from the instrument panel.
cover.
・ Disconnect the switch connector. 30. Passenger air bag assembly removal
・ Remove the DLC. 1. Remove the passenger air bag assembly from the
instrument panel.
Note:
・ Remove the 2 bolts.

1. Instrument panel driver side lower cover


2. DLC

28. Steering cowl removal


1. Passenger airbag mounting bolts
1. Remove the steering cowl from the steering column.
Caution:
・ Remove carefully as claws are attached.
9T-30 Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models)
1. Remove the front cover from the instrument panel.
35. Sun sensor removal
Note:
・ The following applies to auto A/C.
1. Remove the sun sensor from the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Disconnect the harness connector.
36. Instrument panel removal
1. Remove the speaker grille from the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Remove the left and right speaker grilles.
2. Remove the side cover from the instrument panel.
Note:
31. Assist side lid cover removal ・ Remove the left and right side covers.
1. Remove the assist side lid cover from the instrument 3. Remove the instrument panel assembly and
panel. reinforcement from vehicle.
32. Instrument panel cluster removal Note:
1. Remove the instrument panel cluster from the ・ Remove the 4 bolts that fix the steering
instrument panel. column to the reinforcement.

1. Instrument panel cluster Note:


・ Disconnect the control cable of the blower unit
33. Side cover removal
and the ventilation unit.
1. Remove the side cover from the instrument panel. ・ Disconnect the dash harness connector.
Note: ・ Remove the bolt and nut that secure the
・ Remove the left and right side covers. instrument panel and reinforcement assembly.

34. Front cover removal


Note:
・ The following applies except for auto A/C.
Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models) 9T-31

37. Wiper arm cover removal Note:


1. Remove the wiper arm cover from the wiper arm. ・ Remove the clip.
・ Remove the engine hood rear seal from the
38. Wiper arm removal
hook of the cowl cover.
1. Remove the wiper arm from vehicle.
Note:
・ Remove the nut to remove the wiper arm and
the blade.

1. Engine hood rear seal


2. Hook

41. Cowl cover removal


1. Remove the cowl cover from the body.
1. Wiper arm cover
2. Nut 42. Room mirror removal
3. Wiper arm, blade
1. Remove the room mirror from the front windshield
39. Side cowl cover removal glass.

1. Remove the side cowl cover from the body. Note:


・ Remove the screw and pull out the room
40. Engine hood rear seal removal
mirror upward.
1. Remove the engine hood rear seal from the cowl
cover.
9T-32 Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models)

43. Front windshield glass removal 1. Piano wire


2. Cement
1. Remove the front windshield glass from the body.
3. A rectangular piece of wood, etc. attached to both
Note: ends of the piano wire
・ Follow the procedures described below to 4. Front windshield glass
carefully remove the front windshield glass.
Note:
・ Cut open the adhered caulking material with a
・ Suspend the front windshield glass from the
knife.
body.
・ Secure one end of 0.5 mm {0.02 in} diameter
・ Remove the remaining caulking material from
piano steel wire to a piece of wood to use it as
the body portion holding the front windshield
a handle.
glass.
・ Pierce the other end of the piano wire through
・ Wipe off the caulking material remaining on
the caulking material adhered to the edge of
the front windshield glass with a soft cloth and
the front windshield glass using 2 pairs of
lead-free gasoline.
needle nose pliers.
・ Secure the other end of the piano wire to
another piece of wood.
・ Carefully move the piano wire like a saw with
an assistant worker to cut out the caulking
material adhered over the entire edge of the
front windshield glass.
Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models) 9T-33

installation Note:
・ Use a new spacer.
1. Front windshield glass installation
6. Install the molding to the front windshield glass.
1. Clean the front windshield glass using the unleaded
gasoline. Note:
・ Use a new molding.
2. Clean the body panel using the unleaded gasoline.
Note:
・ Clean the bonding surface of the front
windshield glass.
・ Wipe off the caulking material remaining on
the body with a soft cloth and lead-free
gasoline.
3. Apply the primer to the body.
Note:
・ Apply Sunstar RD-12163 or equivalent to the
bonding surface on the body side.
・ Apply the following primer application width: 23
mm {0.91 in} or longer for the upper section;
20 mm {0.79 in} or longer for side section; 25
mm {0.98 in} or longer for lower section.
4. Install the spacer to the body.
Note: 1. Molding
2. Windshield support
・ Use a new spacer.
3. Spacer
4. 26 mm {1.02 in}
5. Spacer positioning mark

7. Apply the primer to the front windshield glass.


Note:
・ Apply Sunstar penguinseal #560 or equivalent
to the bonding surface on the front windshield
glass side.
・ The width of primer application shall be 16.5
mm {0.65 in} to 25 mm {0.98 in} from the edge
of the front windshield glass.

1. Spacer
2. Application area of primer: 23 mm {0.91 in},
upper section
3. Application area of primer: 20 mm {0.79 in}, side
section
4. Application area of primer: 25 mm {0.98 in},
lower section

5. Install the spacer to the front windshield glass.


9T-34 Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models)

forms the bonding area of 20 mm {0.79 in} at


the right lower section of the front windshield
glass.

1. Molding
2. Windshield support
3. Spacer
4. Sealing agent
5. 20 mm {0.79 in}
1. Sealing agent Caution:
2. Application location of the primer
・ After applying the primer, leave it for at least 1
3. 11 mm {0.43 in}
minute for air drying.
4. 2 mm {0.08 in}
5. 11 mm {0.43 in} ・ Bonding must be accomplished within 5
6. 25 mm {0.98 in} for upper edge area, 20.5 mm minutes after the sealing material is applied.
{0.81 in} for side edge area, 25 mm {0.98 in} for 9. Install the front windshield glass to the body.
lower edge area
7. 11 mm {0.43 in} for center position, 8 mm {0.31 Note:
in} for side position ・ Adjust the front windshield glass position with
8. 15 mm {0.59 in} a suction cup.
9. 27 mm {1.06 in} ・ Install the front windshield glass to the sealing
10. 5 mm {0.20 in} material applied to the entire edge of the body
11. 22 mm {0.87 in} panel.
12. Dam seal ・ Insert the windshield support into the
installation hole of the body panel, and then
8. Apply the sealing adhesive to the front windshield
press the front windshield glass to the panel to
glass.
install it.
Note:
・ When using an air spray gun, air pressure
must be kept lower than the specified value.
Specified air pressure: 147 to 294 kPa { 1.5 to 3.0 kgf/
cm2 / 21 to 43 psi } The following applies.
Note:
・ After the primer completely dries, apply the
sealing material, Sunstar penguinseal #560 or
equivalent, along the edge of the front
windshield glass so that the sealing material
Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models) 9T-35
3. Cowl cover installation
1. Install the cowl cover to the body.
4. Engine hood rear seal installation
1. Install the engine hood rear seal to the cowl cover.
Note:
・ Install the engine hood rear seal to the hook of
the cowl cover.
・ Install the clip.

1. Windshield support
2. Installation hole

10. Clean the body panel using the unleaded gasoline.


Note:
・ Wipe off the protruded sealing material with
lead-free gasoline and a soft cloth.
・ Keep the bonding surface temperature at the
following temperature for 24 hours.
: 20 to 30 ℃ { 68 to 86 °F }
1. Engine hood rear seal
Note: 2. Hook
・ Confirm that there is no water leakage from
the front windshield glass. 5. Side cowl cover installation

2. Room mirror installation 1. Install the side cowl cover to the body.

1. Install the room mirror to the front windshield glass. 6. Wiper arm installation

Note: 1. Install the wiper arm to vehicle.


・ Install the screws. Caution:
・ Confirm that the wiper motor is stopped
at the auto stop position.
9T-36 Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models)

Tightening torque: 31.0 N・m { 3.2 kgf・m / 22.9 lb・


ft }
7. Wiper arm cover installation
1. Install the wiper arm cover to the wiper arm.
8. Instrument panel installation
1. Install the instrument panel assembly and
reinforcement to vehicle.
Note:
・ Tighten the bolts and nuts that secure the
instrument panel and reinforcement assembly
to the specified torque.
Tightening torque: 19 N・m { 1.9 kgf・m / 14 lb・ft }
Bolt
Tightening torque: 8 N・m { 0.8 kgf・m / 6 lb・ft }
1. 29 mm (1.14 in) Nut
2. 36.5 - 51.5 mm (1.44 - 2.03 in)
3. 18 mm (0.71 in)

Note:
・ Tighten the 4 bolts that secure the steering
column to the reinforcement to the specified
torque.
Tightening torque: 20 N・m { 2.0 kgf・m / 15 lb・ft }
Steering column bolt
Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models) 9T-37
Note:
・ The following applies except for auto A/C.
1. Install the front cover to the instrument panel.
11. Sun sensor installation
Note:
・ The following applies to auto A/C.
1. Install the sun sensor to the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Connect the harness connector.
12. Assist side lid cover installation
1. Install the assist side lid cover to the instrument
panel.
13. Cover installation
Note: Note:
・ Connect the dash harness connector. ・ The following applies to models without
・ Connect the control cable of the blower unit passenger airbag.
and ventilation unit. 1. Install the cover to the instrument panel.
2. Install the side cover to the instrument panel. 14. Passenger air bag assembly installation
Note: 1. Install the passenger air bag assembly to the
・ Install the left and right side covers. instrument panel.
3. Install the speaker grille to the instrument panel. Note:
Note: ・ Press the portion indicated by the arrow in the
illustration to install it to the instrument panel.
・ Install the left and right speaker grilles.
・ Securely fit the claws.
9. Instrument panel cluster installation
1. Install the instrument panel cluster to the instrument
panel.

Note:
・ Install the 2 bolts.
Tightening torque: 25 N・m { 2.5 kgf・m / 18 lb・ft }
1. Instrument panel cluster

10. Front cover installation


9T-38 Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models)

1. Passenger airbag mounting bolts 1. Instrument panel driver side lower cover
2. DLC
15. Steering cowl installation
2. Remove the fuel filler lid opener lever from the
1. Install the steering cowl to the steering column.
instrument panel driver-side lower cover.
Caution:
Note:
・ When installing the steering cowl, be careful
・ Install the 2 fixing screws.
not to pinch the harness by the cowl.

1. Fuel filler rid opener lever


1. Steering cowl upper
2. Fuel filler rid cable
2. Steering cowl lower
3. Screw
16. Instrument panel driver-side lower cover installation
3. Install the hood lock control lever to the instrument
1. Install the instrument panel driver-side lower cover panel driver-side lower cover.
to the instrument panel.
Note:
Note: ・ Install the 2 fixing screws.
・ Connect the switch connector.
・ Install the DLC.
Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models) 9T-39

1. Hood lock control lever Caution:


2. Control cable ・ Never apply an impact to the steering wheel
3. Screw with a hammer, etc. to install it.
17. Meter cluster installation ・ The steering shaft is designed to absorb
shocks.
1. Install the meter cluster to the instrument panel.
2. Install the nut to the steering shaft.
Note:
Tightening torque: 35 N・m { 3.6 kgf・m / 26 lb・ft }
・ Connect the switch connector.
19. Driver air bag assembly installation
1. Install the connector to the driver air bag assembly.
Note:
・ Connect the airbag connector.
・ Connect the horn connector.

1. Clip

18. Steering wheel installation


1. Install the steering wheel to the steering shaft.
Note:
・ Line up the setting applied during removal, and
1. Airbag connector
install the steering wheel.
2. Horn connector

2. Install the driver air bag assembly to the steering


wheel.
9T-40 Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models)
20. Battery ground cable connect
1. Connect the battery ground cable to the battery.
21. SRS control unit setting
1. Reactivate the SRS function.
Note:
・ Install the SRS fuse to the fuse relay box or
connect the battery ground cable to the
battery.
・ Turn the ignition switch on, and confirm that
the SRS airbag warning light turns off after
blinking 7 times.
22. Side cover installation
1. Install the side cover to the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Install the left and right side covers. 1. Glove box
2. Instrument panel assist side lower cover
23. Instrument panel assist-side lower cover installation
1. Install the instrument panel assist-side lower cover to 25. Console box installation
the instrument panel. Note:
Note: ・ Below except for the center console type.
・ Install the 4 screws. 1. Install the bracket to the floor.
2. Install the cup holder cover to the bracket.
3. Install the console cover to the instrument panel.
Note:
・ Connect the cigarette lighter connector.
・ Install the 2 clips.
26. Head lining installation
1. Install the head lining to vehicle.
Note:
・ Install the 2 clips.

1. Glove box
2. Instrument panel assist side lower cover

24. Glove box installation


1. Install the glove box to the instrument panel.
Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models) 9T-41
Note: Note:
・ The following applies to models equipped with ・ Install the 2 fixing screws.
exciter speaker.
31. Rear upper trim cover installation
・ Connect the exciter harnesses.
1. Install the rear upper trim cover to the rear pillar.
27. Striker cover installation
Note:
Note:
・ Regular cab
・ The following applies to extend cab.
1. Install the striker cover to the head lining.
Note:
・ Install the clip.

1. Clip

Note:
・ Extend cab

1. Striker cover
2. Clip

28. Assist grip installation


1. Install the assist grip to the head lining.
Note:
・ Install the 2 fixing screws and close the cover.
・ The following applies to crew cab, rear side.
・ Install the assist grip with coat hook.
・ Install the 2 fixing screws and close the cover.
29. Overhead console installation
Note:
・ The following applies to models equipped with
an overhead console.
1. Install the over head console to the head lining. 1. Clip
30. Sun visor installation
Note:
1. Install the sun visor holder to the head lining. ・ Crew cab
Note:
・ Install the fixing screw.
2. Install the sun visor to the head lining.
9T-42 Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models)

1. Clip 1. Clip

32. Rear lower trim cover installation Note:


1. Install the rear lower trim cover to the rear pillar. ・ Crew cab

Note:
・ Regular cab

1. Clip

33. Rear tongue side seat belt installation


1. Clip Note:
Note: ・ The following applies to crew cab.
・ Extend cab 1. Install the rear tongue side seat belt to the rear pillar.
Tightening torque: 46 N・m { 4.7 kgf・m / 34 lb・ft }
Note:
・ Install the anchor bolt cover.
Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models) 9T-43

1. Anchor bolt cover 1. Clip


2. Seat belt upper anchor bolt
36. Tongue side seat belt installation
34. Center pillar upper trim cover installation
Note:
Note: ・ The following applies to regular cab.
・ The following applies to crew cab.
1. Install the seat belt upper anchor bolt to the center
1. Install the center pillar upper trim cover to the center pillar.
pillar.
2. Install the seat belt lower anchor bolt to the center
pillar.
Tightening torque: 46 N・m { 4.7 kgf・m / 34 lb・ft }
Upper and lower anchor bolts
3. Install the adjuster cover to the tongue side seat belt.

1. Clip

35. Center pillar lower trim cover installation


Note:
・ The following applies to crew cab model.
1. Adjuster cover
1. Install the center pillar lower trim cover to the center
2. Seat belt upper anchor bolt
pillar.
9T-44 Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models)

1. Seat belt lower anchor bolt 1. Seat belt lower anchor bolt

37. Front tongue side seat belt installation 38. Dash side trim pad installation
Note: 1. Install the dash side trim pad to the body.
・ The following applies to crew cab model. Note:
1. Install the seat belt upper anchor bolt to the center ・ Install the nut.
pillar.
2. Install the seat belt lower anchor bolt to the center
pillar.
Tightening torque: 46 N・m { 4.7 kgf・m / 34 lb・ft }
Upper and lower anchor bolt
3. Install the adjuster cover to the front tongue side seat
belt.

39. Front pillar trim cover installation


1. Install the front pillar trim cover to the front pillar.
Note:
・ The following applies to models without assist
grip.
・ Insert the lower part of the front pillar trim
cover, and install the clip to the body panel.
1. Adjuster cover
2. Seat belt upper anchor bolt
Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models) 9T-45
42. Rear door finisher installation
Note:
・ The following applies to crew cab.
1. Install the rear door finisher to the body.
43. Sill plate installation
1. Install the sill plate to the floor.
Note:
・ Regular cab

Note:
・ The following applies to models with assist
grip.
・ Insert the lower part of the front pillar trim
cover, and install the clip to the body panel.
・ Install the assist grip.
・ Install the 2 fixing screws and close the cover.

1. Sill plate
2. Clip

Note:
・ Extend cab

40. Door finisher installation


Note:
・ The following applies to regular cab and
extend cab.
1. Install the door finisher to the body.
41. Front door finisher installation
Note: 1. Sill plate
・ The following applies to crew cab. 2. Clip
1. Install the front door finisher to the body.
9T-46 Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models)
Note:
・ Crew cab

1. Front sill plate


2. Rear sill plate
3. Clip
Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models) 9T-47

Supplementary Information
1. Component Views Note:
・ Windshield

1. Molding 4. Engine hood rear seal


2. Side cowl cover 5. Cowl cover
3. Front windshield glass

Note:
・ Rear window assembly
9T-48 Glass, Windows, Mirrors (All models)

1. Fastener 4. Rear window


2. Dam seal
3. Rear defogger connector and rear defogger
TFCEL-WE-1211TH_70101_奥付 2011.8.8 9:33 AM ページ 1

Published: Aug., 2011 All rights reserved.


Second Edition

WORKSHOP MANUAL
BODY, CAB, CHASSIS ELECTRICAL
AND ACCESSORIES
Issued by ISUZU MOTORS LIMITED
E-Solutions & Service Marketing Dept.
Shinagawa-ku, Tokyo, 140-8722 Japan
0-XXXKI
TFCEL-WE-1211TH_70101_奥付 2011.8.8 9:33 AM ページ 2
2012MY

WORKSHOP MANUAL

BODY, CAB, CHASSIS ELECTRICAL


AND ACCESSORIES

No.TFCEL-WE-1211TH

You might also like